controllogix-xt controlnet interface module … · controllogix-xt controlnet interface module...

36
Installation Instructions ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Catalog Number 1756-CN2RXT Topic Page Important User Information 2 About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module 6 About ControlLogix-XT Systems 8 ControlLogix-XT with Traditional ControlLogix Components 8 Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control 9 Example Redundant ControlLogix-XT System 10 Before You Begin 10 Parts 11 Set the Module’s Network Address 11 Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings 12 Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation 13 Determine the Module Slot Location 13 Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP) 14 Install the ControlNet Module 14 Connect the Module to the Network 16 Remove the Module 19 Install the EDS File 20 Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port 21 Set Up the USB Driver 22 Status Indicators 23 Module Status Indicator and Display 23 Channel Status Indicators 29 General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT 31 Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT 32 Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT 34 Additional Resources 35

Upload: lamduong

Post on 25-Sep-2018

270 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

Installation Instructions

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Catalog Number 1756-CN2RXT

Topic PageImportant User Information 2

About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module 6

About ControlLogix-XT Systems 8

ControlLogix-XT with Traditional ControlLogix Components 8

Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control 9

Example Redundant ControlLogix-XT System 10

Before You Begin 10

Parts 11

Set the Modulersquos Network Address 11

Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings 12

Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation 13

Determine the Module Slot Location 13

Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP) 14

Install the ControlNet Module 14

Connect the Module to the Network 16

Remove the Module 19

Install the EDS File 20

Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port 21

Set Up the USB Driver 22

Status Indicators 23

Module Status Indicator and Display 23

Channel Status Indicators 29

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT 31

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT 32

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT 34

Additional Resources 35

2 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Important User Information

Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls (Publication SGI-11 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom) describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard-wired electromechanical devices Because of this difference and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable

In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment

The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams

No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation Inc with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual

Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited

Throughout this manual when necessary we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations

WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss

IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product

ATTENTION Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you identify a hazard avoid a hazard and recognize the consequences

Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present

Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures

SHOCK HAZARD

BURN HAZARD

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 3

Environment and Enclosure

ATTENTION This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 m (6562 ft) without derating

This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be difficulties with electromagnetic compatibility in residential and other environments due to conducted and radiated disturbances

This equipment is supplied as open-type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The enclosure must have suitable flame-retardant properties to prevent or minimize the spread of flame complying with a flame spread rating of 5VA V2 V1 V0 (or equivalent) if non-metallic The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications

In addition to this publication see

bull Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for additional installation requirements Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41

bull NEMA Standards 250 and IEC 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

4 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations

Informations sur lutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux

Products marked CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest T number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation

Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent quagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque didentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons deacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de linstallation

WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD -bull Do not disconnect equipment

unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous

bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product

bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2

bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous

AVERTISSEMENT RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSION ndash bull Couper le courant ou sassurer

que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement

bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit

bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2

bull Sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 5

European Hazardous Location Approval

European Zone 2 Certification (The following applies when the product bears the Ex or EEx Marking)

This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as defined by European Union Directive 949EC and has been found to comply with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3 equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in Annex II to this Directive

Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been assured by compliance with EN 60079-15 and EN 60079-0

WARNING bull This equipment must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Zone 2 environments

bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley

bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Zone 2 environments

bull This equipment must be used only with ATEX certified backplanes

bull Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product

bull Do not disconnect equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous

ATTENTION

This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

6 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge

About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet ModuleConfigure and use the 1756-CN2RXT module as you would a traditional 1756-CN2RB module For more information about configuring and using the 1756-CN2RXT and 1756-CN2RB modules see the ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

ATTENTION This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment

bull Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static

bull Wear an approved grounding wriststrap

bull Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards

bull Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment

bull Use a static-safe workstation if available

bull Store the equipment in appropriate static-safe packaging when not in use

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 7

Features of the 1756-CN2RXT Module

These are the hardware features of the 1756-CN2RXT module

Item Description

1 Module status display - an alphanumeric display that indicates module status

2 Status indicators that show channel and module status

3 USB port for temporary connection

4 Channel A BNC connector

5 Channel B BNC connector

6 Backplane connector

00 - Factory Reseton Power Up(Invalid Network Address)

01 - 99 Normal Operation(Valid Network Address)

12

3

45

6

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

8 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

About ControlLogix-XT SystemsThe ControlLogix-XT products include control and communication system components that when used with FLEX IO-XT products provide a complete control system solution that can be used in environments where temperatures range from -2070 degC (-4158 degF)

When used independently the ControlLogix-XT system can withstand environments where the temperature ranges from -2570 degC (-13158 degF)

ControlLogix-XT with Traditional ControlLogix Components

For more information about standard ControlLogix component specifications and installation requirements see the resources listed in the Additional Resources table on page 35

IMPORTANT ControlLogix-XT system components are rated for extreme environmental conditions only when used properly with other Logix-XT system components The use of ControlLogix-XT components with traditional ControlLogix system components nullifies extreme-environment ratings

If a ControlLogix-XT module is used with traditional ControlLogix products that is ControlLogix products not designed for extreme environments the ControlLogix-XT module can withstand only the environments specified for the traditional ControlLogix version of the module For example if a 1756-CN2RXT module is used in a traditional 1756-A10 chassis the 1756-CN2RXT module can withstand only the environment specified for the traditional 1756-CN2RB module

The ControlLogix-XT system components are designed to meet the same and greater operational and environmental requirements as traditional ControlLogix products

When a ControlLogix-XT component is used as a replacement for a traditional ControlLogix component the functional and environmental requirements of the traditional ControlLogix component apply

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 9

Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant ControlYou can use the 1756-CN2RXT modules either in standalone or redundant configurations

A standalone configuration uses

bull one control chassis that contains the 1756-CN2RXT and the 1756-L63XT controller

bull one or both channels of the 1756-CN2RXT module connected to the ControlNet network

A redundant configuration uses

bull two controller chassis called the redundant chassis pair Each chassis of the pair must contain at least these modules

ndash 1756-L63XT controller

ndash 1756-CN2RXT ControlNet module

ndash 1756-RMXT redundancy module

bull one or both channels of the 1756-CN2RXT module connected to the ControlNet network

For more information about redundancy control refer to the ControlLogix Redundancy System User Manual publication 1756-UM523

IMPORTANT If you are using the 1756-CN2RXT in a redundant system these hardware considerations must be made

bull Each redundant chassis of the pair must be configured with identical modules placed in identical slots These module pairings between the two chassis are called partners

bull All partner modules in redundant chassis pairs must be at the same firmware revision

bull For ControlNet module partners the ControlNet network address must be the same for each module of the pair

bull These modules cannot be used in redundant chassis pairs that contain 1756-CN2RXT modules

ndash 1756-DHRIOXT or 1756-DHRIO

ndash 1756-SRM

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

10 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Example Redundant ControlLogix-XT System

This example of a redundant ControlLogix-XT system shows the chassis components listed in this table

Before You BeginBefore you install your module complete these tasks

bull Obtain Appropriate Parts page 11

bull Set the Modulersquos Network Address page 11

bull Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation page 13

bull Determine the Module Slot Location page 13

This chassis Contains these modules

Primary chassis 1756-A5XT 1756-PBXT 1756-L63XT 1756-RMXT 1756-CN2RXT

Secondary chassis 1756-A5XT 1756-PBXT 1756-L63XT 1756-RMXT 1756-CN2RXT

Primary Chassis

Secondary Chassis

Redundant ControlNet Media

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 11

PartsTo use your ControlNet module you need these system components

Set the Modulersquos Network AddressUse a small screwdriver to set the modulersquos network address switches For modules in a standalone chassis you must specify a unique ControlNet network address You can select an address of 0199 for modules in a standalone chassis Address 00 is an invalid ControlNet address

This example shows the network address switches set to 23

XTX

TXTX

TXT

-1756-CN2RXT

1756-A5XT or 1756-A7LXT1756-PBXT

1786-TPR 1786-TPS 1786-TPYR or 1786-TPYS

Top of Module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

12 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Reset the Module to the Original Factory SettingsIf you need to reset the module to its original settings and clear all keeper information complete the following steps

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Reset the switches to 00

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassis

6 After the module status display reads lsquoReset Complete-Change Switch Settingsrsquo remove power from the chassis

7 Remove the module from the chassis

8 Set the switches to their final value

9 Replace the module in the chassis

10 Apply power to the chassis

IMPORTANT The following procedure instructs you to remove power from the chassis before removing the module This is only necessary if the module is in a Class I Division 2 hazardous location For more information see Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP) on page 14

IMPORTANT Do not use the 00 switch setting during normal module operation

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 13

Prepare the Chassis for Module InstallationComplete these tasks using the resources listed as references before you install your ControlNet module

Determine the Module Slot Location

When installing your ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface module remember that you can install

bull a 1756-CN2RXT module in any open slot of the chassis

bull multiple 1756-CN2RXT modules in the same chassis

bull as many modules as your power supply can accommodate that is the number for which the power supply is rated

Task Resource

Install a ControlLogix-XT chassis ControlLogix-XT Chassis Series B Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Install a ControlLogix-XT power supply ControlLogix-XT Power Supply Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

14 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)

Install the ControlNet ModuleTo install the module perform this procedure

1 Align the circuit board with top and bottom guides in the chassis

2 Slide the module into the chassis

WARNING When you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding Repeated electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance that can affect module operation

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 15

3 Make sure the module backplane connector properly connects to the chassis backplane

The module is properly installed when it is flush with the power supply or other installed modules

ATTENTION Do not force the module into the backplane connector If you cannot seat the module with firm pressure check the alignment Forcing the module into the chassis can damage the backplane connector or the module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

16 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Connect the Module to the Network

Connect the module to the ControlNet network by using one of these taps

However taps with a straight connector (catalog numbers 1786-TPS and 1786-TPYS) are recommended because the BNC connectors are located on the bottom of the module

To connect the module to the network with a tap perform this procedure

1 Remove and save the dust caps from the ControlNet taps

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the communications cable with power applied to this module or any device on the network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

bull 1786-TPR bull 1786-TPYS

bull 1786-TPS bull 1786-TCT2BD1

bull 1786-TPYR

ATTENTION Do not allow any metal portions of the tap to contact any conductive material If you disconnect the tap from the module place the dust cap back on the straight or right-angle connector to prevent the connector from accidentally contacting a metallic grounded surface

Dust Cap

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 17

2 Attach the taprsquos straight or right-angle connector to the appropriate BNC connector on the module

IMPORTANT Avoid accidentally reversing the tap connections Before making your connection check the tap drop cable for the label indicating the attached segment Accidental connection reversals produce incorrect status displays and require troubleshooting

To use modules in a redundant-control chassis pair you must connect the primary and redundant partner modules to the same network segment If you are using redundant media connect the channel of each partner to the same network segment

For trunkline Attach the connector to

A Channel A on the 1756-CN2RXT module

B Channel B on the 1756-CN2RXT module

Tap Tap

B A

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

18 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Apply Power and Check StatusIf not yet applied apply power to the chassis power supply Use this flowchart as a reference to determine module status after power is applied

Turn the chassis power supply on

Module status indicator red

See Status Indicators on page 23

Module performs a self-test initialization

No

Yes

TEST

No

Yes

Module status indicator red

Self-test has failed and the module displays an error message See page 23

Replace the module

Self-test is complete The status indicator flashes green

Channel A and B status indicators alternately flash

Channel A and B status indicators display the network condition as listed on page 29

Module status displays OK

No See the troubleshooting table on page 23

Yes

Module is functional and operating

OK Axx

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 19

Remove the ModuleTo remove the module perform this procedure

1 Push on the upper and lower tabs to disengage them

2 Slide the module out of the chassis

IMPORTANT If you are removing and replacing an existing module with an identical one and you want to resume identical system operation you must install the new module with the same ControlNet address in the same slot

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

20 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Install the EDS FileThe EDS file can be uploaded directly from the module This feature lets you register the EDS file for your module from within RSLinx software by following the steps listed below

1 Open RSLinx software version 255 or later and browse for the module

2 Right-click the module and select Upload EDS file from device

The Upload EDS wizard opens

3 Complete the EDS wizard to register the EDS file

The EDS file can also be downloaded from wwwabcomnetworksedshtml and installed with the RSLinx EDS Hardware Installation Tool

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 21

Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB PortThe ControlNet interface module has a USB device port that uses a Type B receptacle The port is USB 11-compatible and runs at 12 Mbps To use the USB port of the 1756-CN2RXT you must have RSLinx software version 255 or later installed on your workstation Use a USB cable to connect your workstation to the USB port With this connection you can download programs to controllers and configure other devices which are accessible by the module directly from your workstation

WARNING The USB port is intended for temporary local programming purposes only and not intended for permanent connection If you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

A Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to maintain hazardous location certifications

WARNING The 1756-CN2RXT modules series B have an industrial Type B USB port The port has the same electrical characteristics as other Type B ports but a higher cable pull-out rating

For typical applications in nonhazardous environments you may use any high-quality USB cable If used in a hazardous location a Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to meet the 15-Newton pull test for hazardous environments

ATTENTION The USB cable is not to exceed 30 m (984 ft) and must not contain hubs

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

22 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Set Up the USB DriverTo configure RSLinx software to use a USB port first set up a USB driver by performing this procedure

1 Connect your 1756-CN2RXT module to your workstation by installing a USB cable in your modulersquos USB port

The workstation monitor displays the Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box

2 Click Install the software automatically (Recommended) and click Next

The software is installed

3 Click Finish to set up your USB driver

4 To view your 1756-CN2RXT module in RSLinx software click the RSWho button

The RSLinx Workstation organizer appears

Your 1756-CN2RXT module appears under two different drivers a virtual chassis and the USB port You can use either driver to browse through to your ControlNet module

Virtual Chassis Driver

USB Port Driver

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 23

Status IndicatorsThe ControlLogix-XT ControlNet module has these status indicators

Module Status Indicator and Display

The Module Status indicator and Module Status display provide diagnostic information Use this table to interpret the Module Status Indicator and Display

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Off None The module is not communicating due to a power supply fault or internal fault

1 Check the power supply2 Check the cable connectors3 Make sure the module is

firmly seated in the chassis4 If the indicator remains off

replace the module

Module Status Display

Module Status IndicatorChannel Status Indicators

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU ltFEFF00560065007200770065006e00640065006e0020005300690065002000640069006500730065002000450069006e007300740065006c006c0075006e00670065006e0020007a0075006d002000450072007300740065006c006c0065006e00200076006f006e0020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e002c00200075006d002000650069006e00650020007a0075007600650072006c00e40073007300690067006500200041006e007a006500690067006500200075006e00640020004100750073006700610062006500200076006f006e00200047006500730063006800e40066007400730064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007a0075002000650072007a00690065006c0065006e002e00200044006900650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650020006b00f6006e006e0065006e0020006d006900740020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0064006500720020006d00690074002000640065006d002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200075006e00640020006800f600680065007200200067006500f600660066006e00650074002000770065007200640065006e002egt FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE ltFEFF0041006e007600e4006e00640020006400650020006800e4007200200069006e0073007400e4006c006c006e0069006e006700610072006e00610020006e00e40072002000640075002000760069006c006c00200073006b0061007000610020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400200073006f006d00200070006100730073006100720020006600f600720020007000e5006c00690074006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f006300680020007500740073006b0072006900660074002000610076002000610066006600e4007200730064006f006b0075006d0065006e0074002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0061006e002000f600700070006e006100730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f00630068002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006c006c00650072002000730065006e006100720065002egt ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 2: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

2 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Important User Information

Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls (Publication SGI-11 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom) describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard-wired electromechanical devices Because of this difference and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable

In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment

The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams

No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation Inc with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual

Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited

Throughout this manual when necessary we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations

WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss

IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product

ATTENTION Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you identify a hazard avoid a hazard and recognize the consequences

Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present

Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures

SHOCK HAZARD

BURN HAZARD

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 3

Environment and Enclosure

ATTENTION This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 m (6562 ft) without derating

This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be difficulties with electromagnetic compatibility in residential and other environments due to conducted and radiated disturbances

This equipment is supplied as open-type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The enclosure must have suitable flame-retardant properties to prevent or minimize the spread of flame complying with a flame spread rating of 5VA V2 V1 V0 (or equivalent) if non-metallic The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications

In addition to this publication see

bull Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for additional installation requirements Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41

bull NEMA Standards 250 and IEC 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

4 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations

Informations sur lutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux

Products marked CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest T number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation

Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent quagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque didentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons deacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de linstallation

WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD -bull Do not disconnect equipment

unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous

bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product

bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2

bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous

AVERTISSEMENT RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSION ndash bull Couper le courant ou sassurer

que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement

bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit

bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2

bull Sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 5

European Hazardous Location Approval

European Zone 2 Certification (The following applies when the product bears the Ex or EEx Marking)

This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as defined by European Union Directive 949EC and has been found to comply with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3 equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in Annex II to this Directive

Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been assured by compliance with EN 60079-15 and EN 60079-0

WARNING bull This equipment must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Zone 2 environments

bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley

bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Zone 2 environments

bull This equipment must be used only with ATEX certified backplanes

bull Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product

bull Do not disconnect equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous

ATTENTION

This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

6 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge

About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet ModuleConfigure and use the 1756-CN2RXT module as you would a traditional 1756-CN2RB module For more information about configuring and using the 1756-CN2RXT and 1756-CN2RB modules see the ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

ATTENTION This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment

bull Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static

bull Wear an approved grounding wriststrap

bull Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards

bull Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment

bull Use a static-safe workstation if available

bull Store the equipment in appropriate static-safe packaging when not in use

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 7

Features of the 1756-CN2RXT Module

These are the hardware features of the 1756-CN2RXT module

Item Description

1 Module status display - an alphanumeric display that indicates module status

2 Status indicators that show channel and module status

3 USB port for temporary connection

4 Channel A BNC connector

5 Channel B BNC connector

6 Backplane connector

00 - Factory Reseton Power Up(Invalid Network Address)

01 - 99 Normal Operation(Valid Network Address)

12

3

45

6

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

8 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

About ControlLogix-XT SystemsThe ControlLogix-XT products include control and communication system components that when used with FLEX IO-XT products provide a complete control system solution that can be used in environments where temperatures range from -2070 degC (-4158 degF)

When used independently the ControlLogix-XT system can withstand environments where the temperature ranges from -2570 degC (-13158 degF)

ControlLogix-XT with Traditional ControlLogix Components

For more information about standard ControlLogix component specifications and installation requirements see the resources listed in the Additional Resources table on page 35

IMPORTANT ControlLogix-XT system components are rated for extreme environmental conditions only when used properly with other Logix-XT system components The use of ControlLogix-XT components with traditional ControlLogix system components nullifies extreme-environment ratings

If a ControlLogix-XT module is used with traditional ControlLogix products that is ControlLogix products not designed for extreme environments the ControlLogix-XT module can withstand only the environments specified for the traditional ControlLogix version of the module For example if a 1756-CN2RXT module is used in a traditional 1756-A10 chassis the 1756-CN2RXT module can withstand only the environment specified for the traditional 1756-CN2RB module

The ControlLogix-XT system components are designed to meet the same and greater operational and environmental requirements as traditional ControlLogix products

When a ControlLogix-XT component is used as a replacement for a traditional ControlLogix component the functional and environmental requirements of the traditional ControlLogix component apply

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 9

Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant ControlYou can use the 1756-CN2RXT modules either in standalone or redundant configurations

A standalone configuration uses

bull one control chassis that contains the 1756-CN2RXT and the 1756-L63XT controller

bull one or both channels of the 1756-CN2RXT module connected to the ControlNet network

A redundant configuration uses

bull two controller chassis called the redundant chassis pair Each chassis of the pair must contain at least these modules

ndash 1756-L63XT controller

ndash 1756-CN2RXT ControlNet module

ndash 1756-RMXT redundancy module

bull one or both channels of the 1756-CN2RXT module connected to the ControlNet network

For more information about redundancy control refer to the ControlLogix Redundancy System User Manual publication 1756-UM523

IMPORTANT If you are using the 1756-CN2RXT in a redundant system these hardware considerations must be made

bull Each redundant chassis of the pair must be configured with identical modules placed in identical slots These module pairings between the two chassis are called partners

bull All partner modules in redundant chassis pairs must be at the same firmware revision

bull For ControlNet module partners the ControlNet network address must be the same for each module of the pair

bull These modules cannot be used in redundant chassis pairs that contain 1756-CN2RXT modules

ndash 1756-DHRIOXT or 1756-DHRIO

ndash 1756-SRM

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

10 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Example Redundant ControlLogix-XT System

This example of a redundant ControlLogix-XT system shows the chassis components listed in this table

Before You BeginBefore you install your module complete these tasks

bull Obtain Appropriate Parts page 11

bull Set the Modulersquos Network Address page 11

bull Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation page 13

bull Determine the Module Slot Location page 13

This chassis Contains these modules

Primary chassis 1756-A5XT 1756-PBXT 1756-L63XT 1756-RMXT 1756-CN2RXT

Secondary chassis 1756-A5XT 1756-PBXT 1756-L63XT 1756-RMXT 1756-CN2RXT

Primary Chassis

Secondary Chassis

Redundant ControlNet Media

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 11

PartsTo use your ControlNet module you need these system components

Set the Modulersquos Network AddressUse a small screwdriver to set the modulersquos network address switches For modules in a standalone chassis you must specify a unique ControlNet network address You can select an address of 0199 for modules in a standalone chassis Address 00 is an invalid ControlNet address

This example shows the network address switches set to 23

XTX

TXTX

TXT

-1756-CN2RXT

1756-A5XT or 1756-A7LXT1756-PBXT

1786-TPR 1786-TPS 1786-TPYR or 1786-TPYS

Top of Module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

12 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Reset the Module to the Original Factory SettingsIf you need to reset the module to its original settings and clear all keeper information complete the following steps

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Reset the switches to 00

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassis

6 After the module status display reads lsquoReset Complete-Change Switch Settingsrsquo remove power from the chassis

7 Remove the module from the chassis

8 Set the switches to their final value

9 Replace the module in the chassis

10 Apply power to the chassis

IMPORTANT The following procedure instructs you to remove power from the chassis before removing the module This is only necessary if the module is in a Class I Division 2 hazardous location For more information see Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP) on page 14

IMPORTANT Do not use the 00 switch setting during normal module operation

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 13

Prepare the Chassis for Module InstallationComplete these tasks using the resources listed as references before you install your ControlNet module

Determine the Module Slot Location

When installing your ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface module remember that you can install

bull a 1756-CN2RXT module in any open slot of the chassis

bull multiple 1756-CN2RXT modules in the same chassis

bull as many modules as your power supply can accommodate that is the number for which the power supply is rated

Task Resource

Install a ControlLogix-XT chassis ControlLogix-XT Chassis Series B Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Install a ControlLogix-XT power supply ControlLogix-XT Power Supply Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

14 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)

Install the ControlNet ModuleTo install the module perform this procedure

1 Align the circuit board with top and bottom guides in the chassis

2 Slide the module into the chassis

WARNING When you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding Repeated electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance that can affect module operation

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 15

3 Make sure the module backplane connector properly connects to the chassis backplane

The module is properly installed when it is flush with the power supply or other installed modules

ATTENTION Do not force the module into the backplane connector If you cannot seat the module with firm pressure check the alignment Forcing the module into the chassis can damage the backplane connector or the module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

16 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Connect the Module to the Network

Connect the module to the ControlNet network by using one of these taps

However taps with a straight connector (catalog numbers 1786-TPS and 1786-TPYS) are recommended because the BNC connectors are located on the bottom of the module

To connect the module to the network with a tap perform this procedure

1 Remove and save the dust caps from the ControlNet taps

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the communications cable with power applied to this module or any device on the network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

bull 1786-TPR bull 1786-TPYS

bull 1786-TPS bull 1786-TCT2BD1

bull 1786-TPYR

ATTENTION Do not allow any metal portions of the tap to contact any conductive material If you disconnect the tap from the module place the dust cap back on the straight or right-angle connector to prevent the connector from accidentally contacting a metallic grounded surface

Dust Cap

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 17

2 Attach the taprsquos straight or right-angle connector to the appropriate BNC connector on the module

IMPORTANT Avoid accidentally reversing the tap connections Before making your connection check the tap drop cable for the label indicating the attached segment Accidental connection reversals produce incorrect status displays and require troubleshooting

To use modules in a redundant-control chassis pair you must connect the primary and redundant partner modules to the same network segment If you are using redundant media connect the channel of each partner to the same network segment

For trunkline Attach the connector to

A Channel A on the 1756-CN2RXT module

B Channel B on the 1756-CN2RXT module

Tap Tap

B A

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

18 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Apply Power and Check StatusIf not yet applied apply power to the chassis power supply Use this flowchart as a reference to determine module status after power is applied

Turn the chassis power supply on

Module status indicator red

See Status Indicators on page 23

Module performs a self-test initialization

No

Yes

TEST

No

Yes

Module status indicator red

Self-test has failed and the module displays an error message See page 23

Replace the module

Self-test is complete The status indicator flashes green

Channel A and B status indicators alternately flash

Channel A and B status indicators display the network condition as listed on page 29

Module status displays OK

No See the troubleshooting table on page 23

Yes

Module is functional and operating

OK Axx

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 19

Remove the ModuleTo remove the module perform this procedure

1 Push on the upper and lower tabs to disengage them

2 Slide the module out of the chassis

IMPORTANT If you are removing and replacing an existing module with an identical one and you want to resume identical system operation you must install the new module with the same ControlNet address in the same slot

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

20 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Install the EDS FileThe EDS file can be uploaded directly from the module This feature lets you register the EDS file for your module from within RSLinx software by following the steps listed below

1 Open RSLinx software version 255 or later and browse for the module

2 Right-click the module and select Upload EDS file from device

The Upload EDS wizard opens

3 Complete the EDS wizard to register the EDS file

The EDS file can also be downloaded from wwwabcomnetworksedshtml and installed with the RSLinx EDS Hardware Installation Tool

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 21

Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB PortThe ControlNet interface module has a USB device port that uses a Type B receptacle The port is USB 11-compatible and runs at 12 Mbps To use the USB port of the 1756-CN2RXT you must have RSLinx software version 255 or later installed on your workstation Use a USB cable to connect your workstation to the USB port With this connection you can download programs to controllers and configure other devices which are accessible by the module directly from your workstation

WARNING The USB port is intended for temporary local programming purposes only and not intended for permanent connection If you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

A Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to maintain hazardous location certifications

WARNING The 1756-CN2RXT modules series B have an industrial Type B USB port The port has the same electrical characteristics as other Type B ports but a higher cable pull-out rating

For typical applications in nonhazardous environments you may use any high-quality USB cable If used in a hazardous location a Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to meet the 15-Newton pull test for hazardous environments

ATTENTION The USB cable is not to exceed 30 m (984 ft) and must not contain hubs

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

22 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Set Up the USB DriverTo configure RSLinx software to use a USB port first set up a USB driver by performing this procedure

1 Connect your 1756-CN2RXT module to your workstation by installing a USB cable in your modulersquos USB port

The workstation monitor displays the Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box

2 Click Install the software automatically (Recommended) and click Next

The software is installed

3 Click Finish to set up your USB driver

4 To view your 1756-CN2RXT module in RSLinx software click the RSWho button

The RSLinx Workstation organizer appears

Your 1756-CN2RXT module appears under two different drivers a virtual chassis and the USB port You can use either driver to browse through to your ControlNet module

Virtual Chassis Driver

USB Port Driver

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 23

Status IndicatorsThe ControlLogix-XT ControlNet module has these status indicators

Module Status Indicator and Display

The Module Status indicator and Module Status display provide diagnostic information Use this table to interpret the Module Status Indicator and Display

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Off None The module is not communicating due to a power supply fault or internal fault

1 Check the power supply2 Check the cable connectors3 Make sure the module is

firmly seated in the chassis4 If the indicator remains off

replace the module

Module Status Display

Module Status IndicatorChannel Status Indicators

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA ltFEFF00550073006100720065002000710075006500730074006500200069006d0070006f007300740061007a0069006f006e00690020007000650072002000630072006500610072006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400690020005000440046002000610064006100740074006900200070006500720020006c00610020007300740061006d00700061002000650020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a007a0061007a0069006f006e006500200064006900200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006900200061007a00690065006e00640061006c0069002e0020004900200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740069002000500044004600200070006f00730073006f006e006f0020006500730073006500720065002000610070006500720074006900200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065002000760065007200730069006f006e006900200073007500630063006500730073006900760065002egt NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 3: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 3

Environment and Enclosure

ATTENTION This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 m (6562 ft) without derating

This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be difficulties with electromagnetic compatibility in residential and other environments due to conducted and radiated disturbances

This equipment is supplied as open-type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The enclosure must have suitable flame-retardant properties to prevent or minimize the spread of flame complying with a flame spread rating of 5VA V2 V1 V0 (or equivalent) if non-metallic The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications

In addition to this publication see

bull Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for additional installation requirements Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41

bull NEMA Standards 250 and IEC 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

4 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations

Informations sur lutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux

Products marked CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest T number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation

Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent quagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque didentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons deacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de linstallation

WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD -bull Do not disconnect equipment

unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous

bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product

bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2

bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous

AVERTISSEMENT RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSION ndash bull Couper le courant ou sassurer

que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement

bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit

bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2

bull Sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 5

European Hazardous Location Approval

European Zone 2 Certification (The following applies when the product bears the Ex or EEx Marking)

This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as defined by European Union Directive 949EC and has been found to comply with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3 equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in Annex II to this Directive

Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been assured by compliance with EN 60079-15 and EN 60079-0

WARNING bull This equipment must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Zone 2 environments

bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley

bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Zone 2 environments

bull This equipment must be used only with ATEX certified backplanes

bull Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product

bull Do not disconnect equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous

ATTENTION

This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

6 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge

About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet ModuleConfigure and use the 1756-CN2RXT module as you would a traditional 1756-CN2RB module For more information about configuring and using the 1756-CN2RXT and 1756-CN2RB modules see the ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

ATTENTION This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment

bull Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static

bull Wear an approved grounding wriststrap

bull Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards

bull Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment

bull Use a static-safe workstation if available

bull Store the equipment in appropriate static-safe packaging when not in use

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 7

Features of the 1756-CN2RXT Module

These are the hardware features of the 1756-CN2RXT module

Item Description

1 Module status display - an alphanumeric display that indicates module status

2 Status indicators that show channel and module status

3 USB port for temporary connection

4 Channel A BNC connector

5 Channel B BNC connector

6 Backplane connector

00 - Factory Reseton Power Up(Invalid Network Address)

01 - 99 Normal Operation(Valid Network Address)

12

3

45

6

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

8 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

About ControlLogix-XT SystemsThe ControlLogix-XT products include control and communication system components that when used with FLEX IO-XT products provide a complete control system solution that can be used in environments where temperatures range from -2070 degC (-4158 degF)

When used independently the ControlLogix-XT system can withstand environments where the temperature ranges from -2570 degC (-13158 degF)

ControlLogix-XT with Traditional ControlLogix Components

For more information about standard ControlLogix component specifications and installation requirements see the resources listed in the Additional Resources table on page 35

IMPORTANT ControlLogix-XT system components are rated for extreme environmental conditions only when used properly with other Logix-XT system components The use of ControlLogix-XT components with traditional ControlLogix system components nullifies extreme-environment ratings

If a ControlLogix-XT module is used with traditional ControlLogix products that is ControlLogix products not designed for extreme environments the ControlLogix-XT module can withstand only the environments specified for the traditional ControlLogix version of the module For example if a 1756-CN2RXT module is used in a traditional 1756-A10 chassis the 1756-CN2RXT module can withstand only the environment specified for the traditional 1756-CN2RB module

The ControlLogix-XT system components are designed to meet the same and greater operational and environmental requirements as traditional ControlLogix products

When a ControlLogix-XT component is used as a replacement for a traditional ControlLogix component the functional and environmental requirements of the traditional ControlLogix component apply

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 9

Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant ControlYou can use the 1756-CN2RXT modules either in standalone or redundant configurations

A standalone configuration uses

bull one control chassis that contains the 1756-CN2RXT and the 1756-L63XT controller

bull one or both channels of the 1756-CN2RXT module connected to the ControlNet network

A redundant configuration uses

bull two controller chassis called the redundant chassis pair Each chassis of the pair must contain at least these modules

ndash 1756-L63XT controller

ndash 1756-CN2RXT ControlNet module

ndash 1756-RMXT redundancy module

bull one or both channels of the 1756-CN2RXT module connected to the ControlNet network

For more information about redundancy control refer to the ControlLogix Redundancy System User Manual publication 1756-UM523

IMPORTANT If you are using the 1756-CN2RXT in a redundant system these hardware considerations must be made

bull Each redundant chassis of the pair must be configured with identical modules placed in identical slots These module pairings between the two chassis are called partners

bull All partner modules in redundant chassis pairs must be at the same firmware revision

bull For ControlNet module partners the ControlNet network address must be the same for each module of the pair

bull These modules cannot be used in redundant chassis pairs that contain 1756-CN2RXT modules

ndash 1756-DHRIOXT or 1756-DHRIO

ndash 1756-SRM

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

10 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Example Redundant ControlLogix-XT System

This example of a redundant ControlLogix-XT system shows the chassis components listed in this table

Before You BeginBefore you install your module complete these tasks

bull Obtain Appropriate Parts page 11

bull Set the Modulersquos Network Address page 11

bull Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation page 13

bull Determine the Module Slot Location page 13

This chassis Contains these modules

Primary chassis 1756-A5XT 1756-PBXT 1756-L63XT 1756-RMXT 1756-CN2RXT

Secondary chassis 1756-A5XT 1756-PBXT 1756-L63XT 1756-RMXT 1756-CN2RXT

Primary Chassis

Secondary Chassis

Redundant ControlNet Media

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 11

PartsTo use your ControlNet module you need these system components

Set the Modulersquos Network AddressUse a small screwdriver to set the modulersquos network address switches For modules in a standalone chassis you must specify a unique ControlNet network address You can select an address of 0199 for modules in a standalone chassis Address 00 is an invalid ControlNet address

This example shows the network address switches set to 23

XTX

TXTX

TXT

-1756-CN2RXT

1756-A5XT or 1756-A7LXT1756-PBXT

1786-TPR 1786-TPS 1786-TPYR or 1786-TPYS

Top of Module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

12 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Reset the Module to the Original Factory SettingsIf you need to reset the module to its original settings and clear all keeper information complete the following steps

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Reset the switches to 00

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassis

6 After the module status display reads lsquoReset Complete-Change Switch Settingsrsquo remove power from the chassis

7 Remove the module from the chassis

8 Set the switches to their final value

9 Replace the module in the chassis

10 Apply power to the chassis

IMPORTANT The following procedure instructs you to remove power from the chassis before removing the module This is only necessary if the module is in a Class I Division 2 hazardous location For more information see Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP) on page 14

IMPORTANT Do not use the 00 switch setting during normal module operation

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 13

Prepare the Chassis for Module InstallationComplete these tasks using the resources listed as references before you install your ControlNet module

Determine the Module Slot Location

When installing your ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface module remember that you can install

bull a 1756-CN2RXT module in any open slot of the chassis

bull multiple 1756-CN2RXT modules in the same chassis

bull as many modules as your power supply can accommodate that is the number for which the power supply is rated

Task Resource

Install a ControlLogix-XT chassis ControlLogix-XT Chassis Series B Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Install a ControlLogix-XT power supply ControlLogix-XT Power Supply Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

14 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)

Install the ControlNet ModuleTo install the module perform this procedure

1 Align the circuit board with top and bottom guides in the chassis

2 Slide the module into the chassis

WARNING When you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding Repeated electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance that can affect module operation

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 15

3 Make sure the module backplane connector properly connects to the chassis backplane

The module is properly installed when it is flush with the power supply or other installed modules

ATTENTION Do not force the module into the backplane connector If you cannot seat the module with firm pressure check the alignment Forcing the module into the chassis can damage the backplane connector or the module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

16 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Connect the Module to the Network

Connect the module to the ControlNet network by using one of these taps

However taps with a straight connector (catalog numbers 1786-TPS and 1786-TPYS) are recommended because the BNC connectors are located on the bottom of the module

To connect the module to the network with a tap perform this procedure

1 Remove and save the dust caps from the ControlNet taps

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the communications cable with power applied to this module or any device on the network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

bull 1786-TPR bull 1786-TPYS

bull 1786-TPS bull 1786-TCT2BD1

bull 1786-TPYR

ATTENTION Do not allow any metal portions of the tap to contact any conductive material If you disconnect the tap from the module place the dust cap back on the straight or right-angle connector to prevent the connector from accidentally contacting a metallic grounded surface

Dust Cap

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 17

2 Attach the taprsquos straight or right-angle connector to the appropriate BNC connector on the module

IMPORTANT Avoid accidentally reversing the tap connections Before making your connection check the tap drop cable for the label indicating the attached segment Accidental connection reversals produce incorrect status displays and require troubleshooting

To use modules in a redundant-control chassis pair you must connect the primary and redundant partner modules to the same network segment If you are using redundant media connect the channel of each partner to the same network segment

For trunkline Attach the connector to

A Channel A on the 1756-CN2RXT module

B Channel B on the 1756-CN2RXT module

Tap Tap

B A

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

18 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Apply Power and Check StatusIf not yet applied apply power to the chassis power supply Use this flowchart as a reference to determine module status after power is applied

Turn the chassis power supply on

Module status indicator red

See Status Indicators on page 23

Module performs a self-test initialization

No

Yes

TEST

No

Yes

Module status indicator red

Self-test has failed and the module displays an error message See page 23

Replace the module

Self-test is complete The status indicator flashes green

Channel A and B status indicators alternately flash

Channel A and B status indicators display the network condition as listed on page 29

Module status displays OK

No See the troubleshooting table on page 23

Yes

Module is functional and operating

OK Axx

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 19

Remove the ModuleTo remove the module perform this procedure

1 Push on the upper and lower tabs to disengage them

2 Slide the module out of the chassis

IMPORTANT If you are removing and replacing an existing module with an identical one and you want to resume identical system operation you must install the new module with the same ControlNet address in the same slot

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

20 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Install the EDS FileThe EDS file can be uploaded directly from the module This feature lets you register the EDS file for your module from within RSLinx software by following the steps listed below

1 Open RSLinx software version 255 or later and browse for the module

2 Right-click the module and select Upload EDS file from device

The Upload EDS wizard opens

3 Complete the EDS wizard to register the EDS file

The EDS file can also be downloaded from wwwabcomnetworksedshtml and installed with the RSLinx EDS Hardware Installation Tool

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 21

Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB PortThe ControlNet interface module has a USB device port that uses a Type B receptacle The port is USB 11-compatible and runs at 12 Mbps To use the USB port of the 1756-CN2RXT you must have RSLinx software version 255 or later installed on your workstation Use a USB cable to connect your workstation to the USB port With this connection you can download programs to controllers and configure other devices which are accessible by the module directly from your workstation

WARNING The USB port is intended for temporary local programming purposes only and not intended for permanent connection If you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

A Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to maintain hazardous location certifications

WARNING The 1756-CN2RXT modules series B have an industrial Type B USB port The port has the same electrical characteristics as other Type B ports but a higher cable pull-out rating

For typical applications in nonhazardous environments you may use any high-quality USB cable If used in a hazardous location a Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to meet the 15-Newton pull test for hazardous environments

ATTENTION The USB cable is not to exceed 30 m (984 ft) and must not contain hubs

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

22 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Set Up the USB DriverTo configure RSLinx software to use a USB port first set up a USB driver by performing this procedure

1 Connect your 1756-CN2RXT module to your workstation by installing a USB cable in your modulersquos USB port

The workstation monitor displays the Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box

2 Click Install the software automatically (Recommended) and click Next

The software is installed

3 Click Finish to set up your USB driver

4 To view your 1756-CN2RXT module in RSLinx software click the RSWho button

The RSLinx Workstation organizer appears

Your 1756-CN2RXT module appears under two different drivers a virtual chassis and the USB port You can use either driver to browse through to your ControlNet module

Virtual Chassis Driver

USB Port Driver

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 23

Status IndicatorsThe ControlLogix-XT ControlNet module has these status indicators

Module Status Indicator and Display

The Module Status indicator and Module Status display provide diagnostic information Use this table to interpret the Module Status Indicator and Display

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Off None The module is not communicating due to a power supply fault or internal fault

1 Check the power supply2 Check the cable connectors3 Make sure the module is

firmly seated in the chassis4 If the indicator remains off

replace the module

Module Status Display

Module Status IndicatorChannel Status Indicators

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 4: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

4 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations

Informations sur lutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux

Products marked CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest T number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation

Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent quagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque didentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons deacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de linstallation

WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD -bull Do not disconnect equipment

unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous

bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product

bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2

bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous

AVERTISSEMENT RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSION ndash bull Couper le courant ou sassurer

que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement

bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit

bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2

bull Sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 5

European Hazardous Location Approval

European Zone 2 Certification (The following applies when the product bears the Ex or EEx Marking)

This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as defined by European Union Directive 949EC and has been found to comply with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3 equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in Annex II to this Directive

Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been assured by compliance with EN 60079-15 and EN 60079-0

WARNING bull This equipment must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Zone 2 environments

bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley

bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Zone 2 environments

bull This equipment must be used only with ATEX certified backplanes

bull Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product

bull Do not disconnect equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous

ATTENTION

This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

6 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge

About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet ModuleConfigure and use the 1756-CN2RXT module as you would a traditional 1756-CN2RB module For more information about configuring and using the 1756-CN2RXT and 1756-CN2RB modules see the ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

ATTENTION This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment

bull Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static

bull Wear an approved grounding wriststrap

bull Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards

bull Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment

bull Use a static-safe workstation if available

bull Store the equipment in appropriate static-safe packaging when not in use

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 7

Features of the 1756-CN2RXT Module

These are the hardware features of the 1756-CN2RXT module

Item Description

1 Module status display - an alphanumeric display that indicates module status

2 Status indicators that show channel and module status

3 USB port for temporary connection

4 Channel A BNC connector

5 Channel B BNC connector

6 Backplane connector

00 - Factory Reseton Power Up(Invalid Network Address)

01 - 99 Normal Operation(Valid Network Address)

12

3

45

6

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

8 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

About ControlLogix-XT SystemsThe ControlLogix-XT products include control and communication system components that when used with FLEX IO-XT products provide a complete control system solution that can be used in environments where temperatures range from -2070 degC (-4158 degF)

When used independently the ControlLogix-XT system can withstand environments where the temperature ranges from -2570 degC (-13158 degF)

ControlLogix-XT with Traditional ControlLogix Components

For more information about standard ControlLogix component specifications and installation requirements see the resources listed in the Additional Resources table on page 35

IMPORTANT ControlLogix-XT system components are rated for extreme environmental conditions only when used properly with other Logix-XT system components The use of ControlLogix-XT components with traditional ControlLogix system components nullifies extreme-environment ratings

If a ControlLogix-XT module is used with traditional ControlLogix products that is ControlLogix products not designed for extreme environments the ControlLogix-XT module can withstand only the environments specified for the traditional ControlLogix version of the module For example if a 1756-CN2RXT module is used in a traditional 1756-A10 chassis the 1756-CN2RXT module can withstand only the environment specified for the traditional 1756-CN2RB module

The ControlLogix-XT system components are designed to meet the same and greater operational and environmental requirements as traditional ControlLogix products

When a ControlLogix-XT component is used as a replacement for a traditional ControlLogix component the functional and environmental requirements of the traditional ControlLogix component apply

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 9

Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant ControlYou can use the 1756-CN2RXT modules either in standalone or redundant configurations

A standalone configuration uses

bull one control chassis that contains the 1756-CN2RXT and the 1756-L63XT controller

bull one or both channels of the 1756-CN2RXT module connected to the ControlNet network

A redundant configuration uses

bull two controller chassis called the redundant chassis pair Each chassis of the pair must contain at least these modules

ndash 1756-L63XT controller

ndash 1756-CN2RXT ControlNet module

ndash 1756-RMXT redundancy module

bull one or both channels of the 1756-CN2RXT module connected to the ControlNet network

For more information about redundancy control refer to the ControlLogix Redundancy System User Manual publication 1756-UM523

IMPORTANT If you are using the 1756-CN2RXT in a redundant system these hardware considerations must be made

bull Each redundant chassis of the pair must be configured with identical modules placed in identical slots These module pairings between the two chassis are called partners

bull All partner modules in redundant chassis pairs must be at the same firmware revision

bull For ControlNet module partners the ControlNet network address must be the same for each module of the pair

bull These modules cannot be used in redundant chassis pairs that contain 1756-CN2RXT modules

ndash 1756-DHRIOXT or 1756-DHRIO

ndash 1756-SRM

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

10 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Example Redundant ControlLogix-XT System

This example of a redundant ControlLogix-XT system shows the chassis components listed in this table

Before You BeginBefore you install your module complete these tasks

bull Obtain Appropriate Parts page 11

bull Set the Modulersquos Network Address page 11

bull Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation page 13

bull Determine the Module Slot Location page 13

This chassis Contains these modules

Primary chassis 1756-A5XT 1756-PBXT 1756-L63XT 1756-RMXT 1756-CN2RXT

Secondary chassis 1756-A5XT 1756-PBXT 1756-L63XT 1756-RMXT 1756-CN2RXT

Primary Chassis

Secondary Chassis

Redundant ControlNet Media

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 11

PartsTo use your ControlNet module you need these system components

Set the Modulersquos Network AddressUse a small screwdriver to set the modulersquos network address switches For modules in a standalone chassis you must specify a unique ControlNet network address You can select an address of 0199 for modules in a standalone chassis Address 00 is an invalid ControlNet address

This example shows the network address switches set to 23

XTX

TXTX

TXT

-1756-CN2RXT

1756-A5XT or 1756-A7LXT1756-PBXT

1786-TPR 1786-TPS 1786-TPYR or 1786-TPYS

Top of Module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

12 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Reset the Module to the Original Factory SettingsIf you need to reset the module to its original settings and clear all keeper information complete the following steps

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Reset the switches to 00

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassis

6 After the module status display reads lsquoReset Complete-Change Switch Settingsrsquo remove power from the chassis

7 Remove the module from the chassis

8 Set the switches to their final value

9 Replace the module in the chassis

10 Apply power to the chassis

IMPORTANT The following procedure instructs you to remove power from the chassis before removing the module This is only necessary if the module is in a Class I Division 2 hazardous location For more information see Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP) on page 14

IMPORTANT Do not use the 00 switch setting during normal module operation

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 13

Prepare the Chassis for Module InstallationComplete these tasks using the resources listed as references before you install your ControlNet module

Determine the Module Slot Location

When installing your ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface module remember that you can install

bull a 1756-CN2RXT module in any open slot of the chassis

bull multiple 1756-CN2RXT modules in the same chassis

bull as many modules as your power supply can accommodate that is the number for which the power supply is rated

Task Resource

Install a ControlLogix-XT chassis ControlLogix-XT Chassis Series B Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Install a ControlLogix-XT power supply ControlLogix-XT Power Supply Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

14 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)

Install the ControlNet ModuleTo install the module perform this procedure

1 Align the circuit board with top and bottom guides in the chassis

2 Slide the module into the chassis

WARNING When you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding Repeated electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance that can affect module operation

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 15

3 Make sure the module backplane connector properly connects to the chassis backplane

The module is properly installed when it is flush with the power supply or other installed modules

ATTENTION Do not force the module into the backplane connector If you cannot seat the module with firm pressure check the alignment Forcing the module into the chassis can damage the backplane connector or the module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

16 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Connect the Module to the Network

Connect the module to the ControlNet network by using one of these taps

However taps with a straight connector (catalog numbers 1786-TPS and 1786-TPYS) are recommended because the BNC connectors are located on the bottom of the module

To connect the module to the network with a tap perform this procedure

1 Remove and save the dust caps from the ControlNet taps

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the communications cable with power applied to this module or any device on the network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

bull 1786-TPR bull 1786-TPYS

bull 1786-TPS bull 1786-TCT2BD1

bull 1786-TPYR

ATTENTION Do not allow any metal portions of the tap to contact any conductive material If you disconnect the tap from the module place the dust cap back on the straight or right-angle connector to prevent the connector from accidentally contacting a metallic grounded surface

Dust Cap

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 17

2 Attach the taprsquos straight or right-angle connector to the appropriate BNC connector on the module

IMPORTANT Avoid accidentally reversing the tap connections Before making your connection check the tap drop cable for the label indicating the attached segment Accidental connection reversals produce incorrect status displays and require troubleshooting

To use modules in a redundant-control chassis pair you must connect the primary and redundant partner modules to the same network segment If you are using redundant media connect the channel of each partner to the same network segment

For trunkline Attach the connector to

A Channel A on the 1756-CN2RXT module

B Channel B on the 1756-CN2RXT module

Tap Tap

B A

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

18 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Apply Power and Check StatusIf not yet applied apply power to the chassis power supply Use this flowchart as a reference to determine module status after power is applied

Turn the chassis power supply on

Module status indicator red

See Status Indicators on page 23

Module performs a self-test initialization

No

Yes

TEST

No

Yes

Module status indicator red

Self-test has failed and the module displays an error message See page 23

Replace the module

Self-test is complete The status indicator flashes green

Channel A and B status indicators alternately flash

Channel A and B status indicators display the network condition as listed on page 29

Module status displays OK

No See the troubleshooting table on page 23

Yes

Module is functional and operating

OK Axx

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 19

Remove the ModuleTo remove the module perform this procedure

1 Push on the upper and lower tabs to disengage them

2 Slide the module out of the chassis

IMPORTANT If you are removing and replacing an existing module with an identical one and you want to resume identical system operation you must install the new module with the same ControlNet address in the same slot

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

20 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Install the EDS FileThe EDS file can be uploaded directly from the module This feature lets you register the EDS file for your module from within RSLinx software by following the steps listed below

1 Open RSLinx software version 255 or later and browse for the module

2 Right-click the module and select Upload EDS file from device

The Upload EDS wizard opens

3 Complete the EDS wizard to register the EDS file

The EDS file can also be downloaded from wwwabcomnetworksedshtml and installed with the RSLinx EDS Hardware Installation Tool

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 21

Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB PortThe ControlNet interface module has a USB device port that uses a Type B receptacle The port is USB 11-compatible and runs at 12 Mbps To use the USB port of the 1756-CN2RXT you must have RSLinx software version 255 or later installed on your workstation Use a USB cable to connect your workstation to the USB port With this connection you can download programs to controllers and configure other devices which are accessible by the module directly from your workstation

WARNING The USB port is intended for temporary local programming purposes only and not intended for permanent connection If you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

A Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to maintain hazardous location certifications

WARNING The 1756-CN2RXT modules series B have an industrial Type B USB port The port has the same electrical characteristics as other Type B ports but a higher cable pull-out rating

For typical applications in nonhazardous environments you may use any high-quality USB cable If used in a hazardous location a Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to meet the 15-Newton pull test for hazardous environments

ATTENTION The USB cable is not to exceed 30 m (984 ft) and must not contain hubs

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

22 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Set Up the USB DriverTo configure RSLinx software to use a USB port first set up a USB driver by performing this procedure

1 Connect your 1756-CN2RXT module to your workstation by installing a USB cable in your modulersquos USB port

The workstation monitor displays the Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box

2 Click Install the software automatically (Recommended) and click Next

The software is installed

3 Click Finish to set up your USB driver

4 To view your 1756-CN2RXT module in RSLinx software click the RSWho button

The RSLinx Workstation organizer appears

Your 1756-CN2RXT module appears under two different drivers a virtual chassis and the USB port You can use either driver to browse through to your ControlNet module

Virtual Chassis Driver

USB Port Driver

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 23

Status IndicatorsThe ControlLogix-XT ControlNet module has these status indicators

Module Status Indicator and Display

The Module Status indicator and Module Status display provide diagnostic information Use this table to interpret the Module Status Indicator and Display

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Off None The module is not communicating due to a power supply fault or internal fault

1 Check the power supply2 Check the cable connectors3 Make sure the module is

firmly seated in the chassis4 If the indicator remains off

replace the module

Module Status Display

Module Status IndicatorChannel Status Indicators

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 5: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 5

European Hazardous Location Approval

European Zone 2 Certification (The following applies when the product bears the Ex or EEx Marking)

This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as defined by European Union Directive 949EC and has been found to comply with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3 equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in Annex II to this Directive

Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been assured by compliance with EN 60079-15 and EN 60079-0

WARNING bull This equipment must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Zone 2 environments

bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley

bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Zone 2 environments

bull This equipment must be used only with ATEX certified backplanes

bull Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product

bull Do not disconnect equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous

ATTENTION

This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

6 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge

About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet ModuleConfigure and use the 1756-CN2RXT module as you would a traditional 1756-CN2RB module For more information about configuring and using the 1756-CN2RXT and 1756-CN2RB modules see the ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

ATTENTION This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment

bull Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static

bull Wear an approved grounding wriststrap

bull Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards

bull Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment

bull Use a static-safe workstation if available

bull Store the equipment in appropriate static-safe packaging when not in use

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 7

Features of the 1756-CN2RXT Module

These are the hardware features of the 1756-CN2RXT module

Item Description

1 Module status display - an alphanumeric display that indicates module status

2 Status indicators that show channel and module status

3 USB port for temporary connection

4 Channel A BNC connector

5 Channel B BNC connector

6 Backplane connector

00 - Factory Reseton Power Up(Invalid Network Address)

01 - 99 Normal Operation(Valid Network Address)

12

3

45

6

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

8 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

About ControlLogix-XT SystemsThe ControlLogix-XT products include control and communication system components that when used with FLEX IO-XT products provide a complete control system solution that can be used in environments where temperatures range from -2070 degC (-4158 degF)

When used independently the ControlLogix-XT system can withstand environments where the temperature ranges from -2570 degC (-13158 degF)

ControlLogix-XT with Traditional ControlLogix Components

For more information about standard ControlLogix component specifications and installation requirements see the resources listed in the Additional Resources table on page 35

IMPORTANT ControlLogix-XT system components are rated for extreme environmental conditions only when used properly with other Logix-XT system components The use of ControlLogix-XT components with traditional ControlLogix system components nullifies extreme-environment ratings

If a ControlLogix-XT module is used with traditional ControlLogix products that is ControlLogix products not designed for extreme environments the ControlLogix-XT module can withstand only the environments specified for the traditional ControlLogix version of the module For example if a 1756-CN2RXT module is used in a traditional 1756-A10 chassis the 1756-CN2RXT module can withstand only the environment specified for the traditional 1756-CN2RB module

The ControlLogix-XT system components are designed to meet the same and greater operational and environmental requirements as traditional ControlLogix products

When a ControlLogix-XT component is used as a replacement for a traditional ControlLogix component the functional and environmental requirements of the traditional ControlLogix component apply

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 9

Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant ControlYou can use the 1756-CN2RXT modules either in standalone or redundant configurations

A standalone configuration uses

bull one control chassis that contains the 1756-CN2RXT and the 1756-L63XT controller

bull one or both channels of the 1756-CN2RXT module connected to the ControlNet network

A redundant configuration uses

bull two controller chassis called the redundant chassis pair Each chassis of the pair must contain at least these modules

ndash 1756-L63XT controller

ndash 1756-CN2RXT ControlNet module

ndash 1756-RMXT redundancy module

bull one or both channels of the 1756-CN2RXT module connected to the ControlNet network

For more information about redundancy control refer to the ControlLogix Redundancy System User Manual publication 1756-UM523

IMPORTANT If you are using the 1756-CN2RXT in a redundant system these hardware considerations must be made

bull Each redundant chassis of the pair must be configured with identical modules placed in identical slots These module pairings between the two chassis are called partners

bull All partner modules in redundant chassis pairs must be at the same firmware revision

bull For ControlNet module partners the ControlNet network address must be the same for each module of the pair

bull These modules cannot be used in redundant chassis pairs that contain 1756-CN2RXT modules

ndash 1756-DHRIOXT or 1756-DHRIO

ndash 1756-SRM

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

10 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Example Redundant ControlLogix-XT System

This example of a redundant ControlLogix-XT system shows the chassis components listed in this table

Before You BeginBefore you install your module complete these tasks

bull Obtain Appropriate Parts page 11

bull Set the Modulersquos Network Address page 11

bull Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation page 13

bull Determine the Module Slot Location page 13

This chassis Contains these modules

Primary chassis 1756-A5XT 1756-PBXT 1756-L63XT 1756-RMXT 1756-CN2RXT

Secondary chassis 1756-A5XT 1756-PBXT 1756-L63XT 1756-RMXT 1756-CN2RXT

Primary Chassis

Secondary Chassis

Redundant ControlNet Media

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 11

PartsTo use your ControlNet module you need these system components

Set the Modulersquos Network AddressUse a small screwdriver to set the modulersquos network address switches For modules in a standalone chassis you must specify a unique ControlNet network address You can select an address of 0199 for modules in a standalone chassis Address 00 is an invalid ControlNet address

This example shows the network address switches set to 23

XTX

TXTX

TXT

-1756-CN2RXT

1756-A5XT or 1756-A7LXT1756-PBXT

1786-TPR 1786-TPS 1786-TPYR or 1786-TPYS

Top of Module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

12 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Reset the Module to the Original Factory SettingsIf you need to reset the module to its original settings and clear all keeper information complete the following steps

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Reset the switches to 00

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassis

6 After the module status display reads lsquoReset Complete-Change Switch Settingsrsquo remove power from the chassis

7 Remove the module from the chassis

8 Set the switches to their final value

9 Replace the module in the chassis

10 Apply power to the chassis

IMPORTANT The following procedure instructs you to remove power from the chassis before removing the module This is only necessary if the module is in a Class I Division 2 hazardous location For more information see Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP) on page 14

IMPORTANT Do not use the 00 switch setting during normal module operation

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 13

Prepare the Chassis for Module InstallationComplete these tasks using the resources listed as references before you install your ControlNet module

Determine the Module Slot Location

When installing your ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface module remember that you can install

bull a 1756-CN2RXT module in any open slot of the chassis

bull multiple 1756-CN2RXT modules in the same chassis

bull as many modules as your power supply can accommodate that is the number for which the power supply is rated

Task Resource

Install a ControlLogix-XT chassis ControlLogix-XT Chassis Series B Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Install a ControlLogix-XT power supply ControlLogix-XT Power Supply Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

14 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)

Install the ControlNet ModuleTo install the module perform this procedure

1 Align the circuit board with top and bottom guides in the chassis

2 Slide the module into the chassis

WARNING When you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding Repeated electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance that can affect module operation

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 15

3 Make sure the module backplane connector properly connects to the chassis backplane

The module is properly installed when it is flush with the power supply or other installed modules

ATTENTION Do not force the module into the backplane connector If you cannot seat the module with firm pressure check the alignment Forcing the module into the chassis can damage the backplane connector or the module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

16 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Connect the Module to the Network

Connect the module to the ControlNet network by using one of these taps

However taps with a straight connector (catalog numbers 1786-TPS and 1786-TPYS) are recommended because the BNC connectors are located on the bottom of the module

To connect the module to the network with a tap perform this procedure

1 Remove and save the dust caps from the ControlNet taps

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the communications cable with power applied to this module or any device on the network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

bull 1786-TPR bull 1786-TPYS

bull 1786-TPS bull 1786-TCT2BD1

bull 1786-TPYR

ATTENTION Do not allow any metal portions of the tap to contact any conductive material If you disconnect the tap from the module place the dust cap back on the straight or right-angle connector to prevent the connector from accidentally contacting a metallic grounded surface

Dust Cap

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 17

2 Attach the taprsquos straight or right-angle connector to the appropriate BNC connector on the module

IMPORTANT Avoid accidentally reversing the tap connections Before making your connection check the tap drop cable for the label indicating the attached segment Accidental connection reversals produce incorrect status displays and require troubleshooting

To use modules in a redundant-control chassis pair you must connect the primary and redundant partner modules to the same network segment If you are using redundant media connect the channel of each partner to the same network segment

For trunkline Attach the connector to

A Channel A on the 1756-CN2RXT module

B Channel B on the 1756-CN2RXT module

Tap Tap

B A

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

18 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Apply Power and Check StatusIf not yet applied apply power to the chassis power supply Use this flowchart as a reference to determine module status after power is applied

Turn the chassis power supply on

Module status indicator red

See Status Indicators on page 23

Module performs a self-test initialization

No

Yes

TEST

No

Yes

Module status indicator red

Self-test has failed and the module displays an error message See page 23

Replace the module

Self-test is complete The status indicator flashes green

Channel A and B status indicators alternately flash

Channel A and B status indicators display the network condition as listed on page 29

Module status displays OK

No See the troubleshooting table on page 23

Yes

Module is functional and operating

OK Axx

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 19

Remove the ModuleTo remove the module perform this procedure

1 Push on the upper and lower tabs to disengage them

2 Slide the module out of the chassis

IMPORTANT If you are removing and replacing an existing module with an identical one and you want to resume identical system operation you must install the new module with the same ControlNet address in the same slot

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

20 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Install the EDS FileThe EDS file can be uploaded directly from the module This feature lets you register the EDS file for your module from within RSLinx software by following the steps listed below

1 Open RSLinx software version 255 or later and browse for the module

2 Right-click the module and select Upload EDS file from device

The Upload EDS wizard opens

3 Complete the EDS wizard to register the EDS file

The EDS file can also be downloaded from wwwabcomnetworksedshtml and installed with the RSLinx EDS Hardware Installation Tool

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 21

Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB PortThe ControlNet interface module has a USB device port that uses a Type B receptacle The port is USB 11-compatible and runs at 12 Mbps To use the USB port of the 1756-CN2RXT you must have RSLinx software version 255 or later installed on your workstation Use a USB cable to connect your workstation to the USB port With this connection you can download programs to controllers and configure other devices which are accessible by the module directly from your workstation

WARNING The USB port is intended for temporary local programming purposes only and not intended for permanent connection If you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

A Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to maintain hazardous location certifications

WARNING The 1756-CN2RXT modules series B have an industrial Type B USB port The port has the same electrical characteristics as other Type B ports but a higher cable pull-out rating

For typical applications in nonhazardous environments you may use any high-quality USB cable If used in a hazardous location a Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to meet the 15-Newton pull test for hazardous environments

ATTENTION The USB cable is not to exceed 30 m (984 ft) and must not contain hubs

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

22 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Set Up the USB DriverTo configure RSLinx software to use a USB port first set up a USB driver by performing this procedure

1 Connect your 1756-CN2RXT module to your workstation by installing a USB cable in your modulersquos USB port

The workstation monitor displays the Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box

2 Click Install the software automatically (Recommended) and click Next

The software is installed

3 Click Finish to set up your USB driver

4 To view your 1756-CN2RXT module in RSLinx software click the RSWho button

The RSLinx Workstation organizer appears

Your 1756-CN2RXT module appears under two different drivers a virtual chassis and the USB port You can use either driver to browse through to your ControlNet module

Virtual Chassis Driver

USB Port Driver

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 23

Status IndicatorsThe ControlLogix-XT ControlNet module has these status indicators

Module Status Indicator and Display

The Module Status indicator and Module Status display provide diagnostic information Use this table to interpret the Module Status Indicator and Display

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Off None The module is not communicating due to a power supply fault or internal fault

1 Check the power supply2 Check the cable connectors3 Make sure the module is

firmly seated in the chassis4 If the indicator remains off

replace the module

Module Status Display

Module Status IndicatorChannel Status Indicators

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB ltFEFF005500740069006c0069007a006500200065007300740061007300200063006f006e00660069006700750072006100e700f5006500730020007000610072006100200063007200690061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200063006f006d00200075006d0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100e700e3006f0020006500200069006d0070007200650073007300e3006f00200061006400650071007500610064006100730020007000610072006100200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200063006f006d0065007200630069006100690073002e0020004f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200070006f00640065006d0020007300650072002000610062006500720074006f007300200063006f006d0020006f0020004100630072006f006200610074002c002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006500200070006f00730074006500720069006f0072002egt DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 6: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

6 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge

About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet ModuleConfigure and use the 1756-CN2RXT module as you would a traditional 1756-CN2RB module For more information about configuring and using the 1756-CN2RXT and 1756-CN2RB modules see the ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

ATTENTION This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment

bull Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static

bull Wear an approved grounding wriststrap

bull Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards

bull Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment

bull Use a static-safe workstation if available

bull Store the equipment in appropriate static-safe packaging when not in use

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 7

Features of the 1756-CN2RXT Module

These are the hardware features of the 1756-CN2RXT module

Item Description

1 Module status display - an alphanumeric display that indicates module status

2 Status indicators that show channel and module status

3 USB port for temporary connection

4 Channel A BNC connector

5 Channel B BNC connector

6 Backplane connector

00 - Factory Reseton Power Up(Invalid Network Address)

01 - 99 Normal Operation(Valid Network Address)

12

3

45

6

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

8 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

About ControlLogix-XT SystemsThe ControlLogix-XT products include control and communication system components that when used with FLEX IO-XT products provide a complete control system solution that can be used in environments where temperatures range from -2070 degC (-4158 degF)

When used independently the ControlLogix-XT system can withstand environments where the temperature ranges from -2570 degC (-13158 degF)

ControlLogix-XT with Traditional ControlLogix Components

For more information about standard ControlLogix component specifications and installation requirements see the resources listed in the Additional Resources table on page 35

IMPORTANT ControlLogix-XT system components are rated for extreme environmental conditions only when used properly with other Logix-XT system components The use of ControlLogix-XT components with traditional ControlLogix system components nullifies extreme-environment ratings

If a ControlLogix-XT module is used with traditional ControlLogix products that is ControlLogix products not designed for extreme environments the ControlLogix-XT module can withstand only the environments specified for the traditional ControlLogix version of the module For example if a 1756-CN2RXT module is used in a traditional 1756-A10 chassis the 1756-CN2RXT module can withstand only the environment specified for the traditional 1756-CN2RB module

The ControlLogix-XT system components are designed to meet the same and greater operational and environmental requirements as traditional ControlLogix products

When a ControlLogix-XT component is used as a replacement for a traditional ControlLogix component the functional and environmental requirements of the traditional ControlLogix component apply

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 9

Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant ControlYou can use the 1756-CN2RXT modules either in standalone or redundant configurations

A standalone configuration uses

bull one control chassis that contains the 1756-CN2RXT and the 1756-L63XT controller

bull one or both channels of the 1756-CN2RXT module connected to the ControlNet network

A redundant configuration uses

bull two controller chassis called the redundant chassis pair Each chassis of the pair must contain at least these modules

ndash 1756-L63XT controller

ndash 1756-CN2RXT ControlNet module

ndash 1756-RMXT redundancy module

bull one or both channels of the 1756-CN2RXT module connected to the ControlNet network

For more information about redundancy control refer to the ControlLogix Redundancy System User Manual publication 1756-UM523

IMPORTANT If you are using the 1756-CN2RXT in a redundant system these hardware considerations must be made

bull Each redundant chassis of the pair must be configured with identical modules placed in identical slots These module pairings between the two chassis are called partners

bull All partner modules in redundant chassis pairs must be at the same firmware revision

bull For ControlNet module partners the ControlNet network address must be the same for each module of the pair

bull These modules cannot be used in redundant chassis pairs that contain 1756-CN2RXT modules

ndash 1756-DHRIOXT or 1756-DHRIO

ndash 1756-SRM

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

10 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Example Redundant ControlLogix-XT System

This example of a redundant ControlLogix-XT system shows the chassis components listed in this table

Before You BeginBefore you install your module complete these tasks

bull Obtain Appropriate Parts page 11

bull Set the Modulersquos Network Address page 11

bull Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation page 13

bull Determine the Module Slot Location page 13

This chassis Contains these modules

Primary chassis 1756-A5XT 1756-PBXT 1756-L63XT 1756-RMXT 1756-CN2RXT

Secondary chassis 1756-A5XT 1756-PBXT 1756-L63XT 1756-RMXT 1756-CN2RXT

Primary Chassis

Secondary Chassis

Redundant ControlNet Media

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 11

PartsTo use your ControlNet module you need these system components

Set the Modulersquos Network AddressUse a small screwdriver to set the modulersquos network address switches For modules in a standalone chassis you must specify a unique ControlNet network address You can select an address of 0199 for modules in a standalone chassis Address 00 is an invalid ControlNet address

This example shows the network address switches set to 23

XTX

TXTX

TXT

-1756-CN2RXT

1756-A5XT or 1756-A7LXT1756-PBXT

1786-TPR 1786-TPS 1786-TPYR or 1786-TPYS

Top of Module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

12 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Reset the Module to the Original Factory SettingsIf you need to reset the module to its original settings and clear all keeper information complete the following steps

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Reset the switches to 00

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassis

6 After the module status display reads lsquoReset Complete-Change Switch Settingsrsquo remove power from the chassis

7 Remove the module from the chassis

8 Set the switches to their final value

9 Replace the module in the chassis

10 Apply power to the chassis

IMPORTANT The following procedure instructs you to remove power from the chassis before removing the module This is only necessary if the module is in a Class I Division 2 hazardous location For more information see Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP) on page 14

IMPORTANT Do not use the 00 switch setting during normal module operation

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 13

Prepare the Chassis for Module InstallationComplete these tasks using the resources listed as references before you install your ControlNet module

Determine the Module Slot Location

When installing your ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface module remember that you can install

bull a 1756-CN2RXT module in any open slot of the chassis

bull multiple 1756-CN2RXT modules in the same chassis

bull as many modules as your power supply can accommodate that is the number for which the power supply is rated

Task Resource

Install a ControlLogix-XT chassis ControlLogix-XT Chassis Series B Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Install a ControlLogix-XT power supply ControlLogix-XT Power Supply Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

14 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)

Install the ControlNet ModuleTo install the module perform this procedure

1 Align the circuit board with top and bottom guides in the chassis

2 Slide the module into the chassis

WARNING When you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding Repeated electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance that can affect module operation

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 15

3 Make sure the module backplane connector properly connects to the chassis backplane

The module is properly installed when it is flush with the power supply or other installed modules

ATTENTION Do not force the module into the backplane connector If you cannot seat the module with firm pressure check the alignment Forcing the module into the chassis can damage the backplane connector or the module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

16 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Connect the Module to the Network

Connect the module to the ControlNet network by using one of these taps

However taps with a straight connector (catalog numbers 1786-TPS and 1786-TPYS) are recommended because the BNC connectors are located on the bottom of the module

To connect the module to the network with a tap perform this procedure

1 Remove and save the dust caps from the ControlNet taps

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the communications cable with power applied to this module or any device on the network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

bull 1786-TPR bull 1786-TPYS

bull 1786-TPS bull 1786-TCT2BD1

bull 1786-TPYR

ATTENTION Do not allow any metal portions of the tap to contact any conductive material If you disconnect the tap from the module place the dust cap back on the straight or right-angle connector to prevent the connector from accidentally contacting a metallic grounded surface

Dust Cap

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 17

2 Attach the taprsquos straight or right-angle connector to the appropriate BNC connector on the module

IMPORTANT Avoid accidentally reversing the tap connections Before making your connection check the tap drop cable for the label indicating the attached segment Accidental connection reversals produce incorrect status displays and require troubleshooting

To use modules in a redundant-control chassis pair you must connect the primary and redundant partner modules to the same network segment If you are using redundant media connect the channel of each partner to the same network segment

For trunkline Attach the connector to

A Channel A on the 1756-CN2RXT module

B Channel B on the 1756-CN2RXT module

Tap Tap

B A

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

18 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Apply Power and Check StatusIf not yet applied apply power to the chassis power supply Use this flowchart as a reference to determine module status after power is applied

Turn the chassis power supply on

Module status indicator red

See Status Indicators on page 23

Module performs a self-test initialization

No

Yes

TEST

No

Yes

Module status indicator red

Self-test has failed and the module displays an error message See page 23

Replace the module

Self-test is complete The status indicator flashes green

Channel A and B status indicators alternately flash

Channel A and B status indicators display the network condition as listed on page 29

Module status displays OK

No See the troubleshooting table on page 23

Yes

Module is functional and operating

OK Axx

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 19

Remove the ModuleTo remove the module perform this procedure

1 Push on the upper and lower tabs to disengage them

2 Slide the module out of the chassis

IMPORTANT If you are removing and replacing an existing module with an identical one and you want to resume identical system operation you must install the new module with the same ControlNet address in the same slot

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

20 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Install the EDS FileThe EDS file can be uploaded directly from the module This feature lets you register the EDS file for your module from within RSLinx software by following the steps listed below

1 Open RSLinx software version 255 or later and browse for the module

2 Right-click the module and select Upload EDS file from device

The Upload EDS wizard opens

3 Complete the EDS wizard to register the EDS file

The EDS file can also be downloaded from wwwabcomnetworksedshtml and installed with the RSLinx EDS Hardware Installation Tool

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 21

Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB PortThe ControlNet interface module has a USB device port that uses a Type B receptacle The port is USB 11-compatible and runs at 12 Mbps To use the USB port of the 1756-CN2RXT you must have RSLinx software version 255 or later installed on your workstation Use a USB cable to connect your workstation to the USB port With this connection you can download programs to controllers and configure other devices which are accessible by the module directly from your workstation

WARNING The USB port is intended for temporary local programming purposes only and not intended for permanent connection If you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

A Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to maintain hazardous location certifications

WARNING The 1756-CN2RXT modules series B have an industrial Type B USB port The port has the same electrical characteristics as other Type B ports but a higher cable pull-out rating

For typical applications in nonhazardous environments you may use any high-quality USB cable If used in a hazardous location a Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to meet the 15-Newton pull test for hazardous environments

ATTENTION The USB cable is not to exceed 30 m (984 ft) and must not contain hubs

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

22 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Set Up the USB DriverTo configure RSLinx software to use a USB port first set up a USB driver by performing this procedure

1 Connect your 1756-CN2RXT module to your workstation by installing a USB cable in your modulersquos USB port

The workstation monitor displays the Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box

2 Click Install the software automatically (Recommended) and click Next

The software is installed

3 Click Finish to set up your USB driver

4 To view your 1756-CN2RXT module in RSLinx software click the RSWho button

The RSLinx Workstation organizer appears

Your 1756-CN2RXT module appears under two different drivers a virtual chassis and the USB port You can use either driver to browse through to your ControlNet module

Virtual Chassis Driver

USB Port Driver

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 23

Status IndicatorsThe ControlLogix-XT ControlNet module has these status indicators

Module Status Indicator and Display

The Module Status indicator and Module Status display provide diagnostic information Use this table to interpret the Module Status Indicator and Display

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Off None The module is not communicating due to a power supply fault or internal fault

1 Check the power supply2 Check the cable connectors3 Make sure the module is

firmly seated in the chassis4 If the indicator remains off

replace the module

Module Status Display

Module Status IndicatorChannel Status Indicators

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 7: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 7

Features of the 1756-CN2RXT Module

These are the hardware features of the 1756-CN2RXT module

Item Description

1 Module status display - an alphanumeric display that indicates module status

2 Status indicators that show channel and module status

3 USB port for temporary connection

4 Channel A BNC connector

5 Channel B BNC connector

6 Backplane connector

00 - Factory Reseton Power Up(Invalid Network Address)

01 - 99 Normal Operation(Valid Network Address)

12

3

45

6

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

8 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

About ControlLogix-XT SystemsThe ControlLogix-XT products include control and communication system components that when used with FLEX IO-XT products provide a complete control system solution that can be used in environments where temperatures range from -2070 degC (-4158 degF)

When used independently the ControlLogix-XT system can withstand environments where the temperature ranges from -2570 degC (-13158 degF)

ControlLogix-XT with Traditional ControlLogix Components

For more information about standard ControlLogix component specifications and installation requirements see the resources listed in the Additional Resources table on page 35

IMPORTANT ControlLogix-XT system components are rated for extreme environmental conditions only when used properly with other Logix-XT system components The use of ControlLogix-XT components with traditional ControlLogix system components nullifies extreme-environment ratings

If a ControlLogix-XT module is used with traditional ControlLogix products that is ControlLogix products not designed for extreme environments the ControlLogix-XT module can withstand only the environments specified for the traditional ControlLogix version of the module For example if a 1756-CN2RXT module is used in a traditional 1756-A10 chassis the 1756-CN2RXT module can withstand only the environment specified for the traditional 1756-CN2RB module

The ControlLogix-XT system components are designed to meet the same and greater operational and environmental requirements as traditional ControlLogix products

When a ControlLogix-XT component is used as a replacement for a traditional ControlLogix component the functional and environmental requirements of the traditional ControlLogix component apply

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 9

Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant ControlYou can use the 1756-CN2RXT modules either in standalone or redundant configurations

A standalone configuration uses

bull one control chassis that contains the 1756-CN2RXT and the 1756-L63XT controller

bull one or both channels of the 1756-CN2RXT module connected to the ControlNet network

A redundant configuration uses

bull two controller chassis called the redundant chassis pair Each chassis of the pair must contain at least these modules

ndash 1756-L63XT controller

ndash 1756-CN2RXT ControlNet module

ndash 1756-RMXT redundancy module

bull one or both channels of the 1756-CN2RXT module connected to the ControlNet network

For more information about redundancy control refer to the ControlLogix Redundancy System User Manual publication 1756-UM523

IMPORTANT If you are using the 1756-CN2RXT in a redundant system these hardware considerations must be made

bull Each redundant chassis of the pair must be configured with identical modules placed in identical slots These module pairings between the two chassis are called partners

bull All partner modules in redundant chassis pairs must be at the same firmware revision

bull For ControlNet module partners the ControlNet network address must be the same for each module of the pair

bull These modules cannot be used in redundant chassis pairs that contain 1756-CN2RXT modules

ndash 1756-DHRIOXT or 1756-DHRIO

ndash 1756-SRM

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

10 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Example Redundant ControlLogix-XT System

This example of a redundant ControlLogix-XT system shows the chassis components listed in this table

Before You BeginBefore you install your module complete these tasks

bull Obtain Appropriate Parts page 11

bull Set the Modulersquos Network Address page 11

bull Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation page 13

bull Determine the Module Slot Location page 13

This chassis Contains these modules

Primary chassis 1756-A5XT 1756-PBXT 1756-L63XT 1756-RMXT 1756-CN2RXT

Secondary chassis 1756-A5XT 1756-PBXT 1756-L63XT 1756-RMXT 1756-CN2RXT

Primary Chassis

Secondary Chassis

Redundant ControlNet Media

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 11

PartsTo use your ControlNet module you need these system components

Set the Modulersquos Network AddressUse a small screwdriver to set the modulersquos network address switches For modules in a standalone chassis you must specify a unique ControlNet network address You can select an address of 0199 for modules in a standalone chassis Address 00 is an invalid ControlNet address

This example shows the network address switches set to 23

XTX

TXTX

TXT

-1756-CN2RXT

1756-A5XT or 1756-A7LXT1756-PBXT

1786-TPR 1786-TPS 1786-TPYR or 1786-TPYS

Top of Module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

12 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Reset the Module to the Original Factory SettingsIf you need to reset the module to its original settings and clear all keeper information complete the following steps

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Reset the switches to 00

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassis

6 After the module status display reads lsquoReset Complete-Change Switch Settingsrsquo remove power from the chassis

7 Remove the module from the chassis

8 Set the switches to their final value

9 Replace the module in the chassis

10 Apply power to the chassis

IMPORTANT The following procedure instructs you to remove power from the chassis before removing the module This is only necessary if the module is in a Class I Division 2 hazardous location For more information see Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP) on page 14

IMPORTANT Do not use the 00 switch setting during normal module operation

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 13

Prepare the Chassis for Module InstallationComplete these tasks using the resources listed as references before you install your ControlNet module

Determine the Module Slot Location

When installing your ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface module remember that you can install

bull a 1756-CN2RXT module in any open slot of the chassis

bull multiple 1756-CN2RXT modules in the same chassis

bull as many modules as your power supply can accommodate that is the number for which the power supply is rated

Task Resource

Install a ControlLogix-XT chassis ControlLogix-XT Chassis Series B Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Install a ControlLogix-XT power supply ControlLogix-XT Power Supply Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

14 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)

Install the ControlNet ModuleTo install the module perform this procedure

1 Align the circuit board with top and bottom guides in the chassis

2 Slide the module into the chassis

WARNING When you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding Repeated electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance that can affect module operation

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 15

3 Make sure the module backplane connector properly connects to the chassis backplane

The module is properly installed when it is flush with the power supply or other installed modules

ATTENTION Do not force the module into the backplane connector If you cannot seat the module with firm pressure check the alignment Forcing the module into the chassis can damage the backplane connector or the module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

16 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Connect the Module to the Network

Connect the module to the ControlNet network by using one of these taps

However taps with a straight connector (catalog numbers 1786-TPS and 1786-TPYS) are recommended because the BNC connectors are located on the bottom of the module

To connect the module to the network with a tap perform this procedure

1 Remove and save the dust caps from the ControlNet taps

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the communications cable with power applied to this module or any device on the network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

bull 1786-TPR bull 1786-TPYS

bull 1786-TPS bull 1786-TCT2BD1

bull 1786-TPYR

ATTENTION Do not allow any metal portions of the tap to contact any conductive material If you disconnect the tap from the module place the dust cap back on the straight or right-angle connector to prevent the connector from accidentally contacting a metallic grounded surface

Dust Cap

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 17

2 Attach the taprsquos straight or right-angle connector to the appropriate BNC connector on the module

IMPORTANT Avoid accidentally reversing the tap connections Before making your connection check the tap drop cable for the label indicating the attached segment Accidental connection reversals produce incorrect status displays and require troubleshooting

To use modules in a redundant-control chassis pair you must connect the primary and redundant partner modules to the same network segment If you are using redundant media connect the channel of each partner to the same network segment

For trunkline Attach the connector to

A Channel A on the 1756-CN2RXT module

B Channel B on the 1756-CN2RXT module

Tap Tap

B A

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

18 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Apply Power and Check StatusIf not yet applied apply power to the chassis power supply Use this flowchart as a reference to determine module status after power is applied

Turn the chassis power supply on

Module status indicator red

See Status Indicators on page 23

Module performs a self-test initialization

No

Yes

TEST

No

Yes

Module status indicator red

Self-test has failed and the module displays an error message See page 23

Replace the module

Self-test is complete The status indicator flashes green

Channel A and B status indicators alternately flash

Channel A and B status indicators display the network condition as listed on page 29

Module status displays OK

No See the troubleshooting table on page 23

Yes

Module is functional and operating

OK Axx

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 19

Remove the ModuleTo remove the module perform this procedure

1 Push on the upper and lower tabs to disengage them

2 Slide the module out of the chassis

IMPORTANT If you are removing and replacing an existing module with an identical one and you want to resume identical system operation you must install the new module with the same ControlNet address in the same slot

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

20 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Install the EDS FileThe EDS file can be uploaded directly from the module This feature lets you register the EDS file for your module from within RSLinx software by following the steps listed below

1 Open RSLinx software version 255 or later and browse for the module

2 Right-click the module and select Upload EDS file from device

The Upload EDS wizard opens

3 Complete the EDS wizard to register the EDS file

The EDS file can also be downloaded from wwwabcomnetworksedshtml and installed with the RSLinx EDS Hardware Installation Tool

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 21

Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB PortThe ControlNet interface module has a USB device port that uses a Type B receptacle The port is USB 11-compatible and runs at 12 Mbps To use the USB port of the 1756-CN2RXT you must have RSLinx software version 255 or later installed on your workstation Use a USB cable to connect your workstation to the USB port With this connection you can download programs to controllers and configure other devices which are accessible by the module directly from your workstation

WARNING The USB port is intended for temporary local programming purposes only and not intended for permanent connection If you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

A Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to maintain hazardous location certifications

WARNING The 1756-CN2RXT modules series B have an industrial Type B USB port The port has the same electrical characteristics as other Type B ports but a higher cable pull-out rating

For typical applications in nonhazardous environments you may use any high-quality USB cable If used in a hazardous location a Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to meet the 15-Newton pull test for hazardous environments

ATTENTION The USB cable is not to exceed 30 m (984 ft) and must not contain hubs

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

22 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Set Up the USB DriverTo configure RSLinx software to use a USB port first set up a USB driver by performing this procedure

1 Connect your 1756-CN2RXT module to your workstation by installing a USB cable in your modulersquos USB port

The workstation monitor displays the Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box

2 Click Install the software automatically (Recommended) and click Next

The software is installed

3 Click Finish to set up your USB driver

4 To view your 1756-CN2RXT module in RSLinx software click the RSWho button

The RSLinx Workstation organizer appears

Your 1756-CN2RXT module appears under two different drivers a virtual chassis and the USB port You can use either driver to browse through to your ControlNet module

Virtual Chassis Driver

USB Port Driver

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 23

Status IndicatorsThe ControlLogix-XT ControlNet module has these status indicators

Module Status Indicator and Display

The Module Status indicator and Module Status display provide diagnostic information Use this table to interpret the Module Status Indicator and Display

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Off None The module is not communicating due to a power supply fault or internal fault

1 Check the power supply2 Check the cable connectors3 Make sure the module is

firmly seated in the chassis4 If the indicator remains off

replace the module

Module Status Display

Module Status IndicatorChannel Status Indicators

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD ltFEFF004700650062007200750069006b002000640065007a006500200069006e007300740065006c006c0069006e00670065006e0020006f006d0020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007400650020006d0061006b0065006e00200064006900650020006700650073006300680069006b00740020007a0069006a006e0020006f006d0020007a0061006b0065006c0069006a006b006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e00200062006500740072006f0075007700620061006100720020007700650065007200200074006500200067006500760065006e00200065006e0020006100660020007400650020006400720075006b006b0065006e002e0020004400650020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0075006e006e0065006e00200077006f007200640065006e002000670065006f00700065006e00640020006d006500740020004100630072006f00620061007400200065006e002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006e00200068006f006700650072002egt ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 8: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

8 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

About ControlLogix-XT SystemsThe ControlLogix-XT products include control and communication system components that when used with FLEX IO-XT products provide a complete control system solution that can be used in environments where temperatures range from -2070 degC (-4158 degF)

When used independently the ControlLogix-XT system can withstand environments where the temperature ranges from -2570 degC (-13158 degF)

ControlLogix-XT with Traditional ControlLogix Components

For more information about standard ControlLogix component specifications and installation requirements see the resources listed in the Additional Resources table on page 35

IMPORTANT ControlLogix-XT system components are rated for extreme environmental conditions only when used properly with other Logix-XT system components The use of ControlLogix-XT components with traditional ControlLogix system components nullifies extreme-environment ratings

If a ControlLogix-XT module is used with traditional ControlLogix products that is ControlLogix products not designed for extreme environments the ControlLogix-XT module can withstand only the environments specified for the traditional ControlLogix version of the module For example if a 1756-CN2RXT module is used in a traditional 1756-A10 chassis the 1756-CN2RXT module can withstand only the environment specified for the traditional 1756-CN2RB module

The ControlLogix-XT system components are designed to meet the same and greater operational and environmental requirements as traditional ControlLogix products

When a ControlLogix-XT component is used as a replacement for a traditional ControlLogix component the functional and environmental requirements of the traditional ControlLogix component apply

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 9

Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant ControlYou can use the 1756-CN2RXT modules either in standalone or redundant configurations

A standalone configuration uses

bull one control chassis that contains the 1756-CN2RXT and the 1756-L63XT controller

bull one or both channels of the 1756-CN2RXT module connected to the ControlNet network

A redundant configuration uses

bull two controller chassis called the redundant chassis pair Each chassis of the pair must contain at least these modules

ndash 1756-L63XT controller

ndash 1756-CN2RXT ControlNet module

ndash 1756-RMXT redundancy module

bull one or both channels of the 1756-CN2RXT module connected to the ControlNet network

For more information about redundancy control refer to the ControlLogix Redundancy System User Manual publication 1756-UM523

IMPORTANT If you are using the 1756-CN2RXT in a redundant system these hardware considerations must be made

bull Each redundant chassis of the pair must be configured with identical modules placed in identical slots These module pairings between the two chassis are called partners

bull All partner modules in redundant chassis pairs must be at the same firmware revision

bull For ControlNet module partners the ControlNet network address must be the same for each module of the pair

bull These modules cannot be used in redundant chassis pairs that contain 1756-CN2RXT modules

ndash 1756-DHRIOXT or 1756-DHRIO

ndash 1756-SRM

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

10 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Example Redundant ControlLogix-XT System

This example of a redundant ControlLogix-XT system shows the chassis components listed in this table

Before You BeginBefore you install your module complete these tasks

bull Obtain Appropriate Parts page 11

bull Set the Modulersquos Network Address page 11

bull Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation page 13

bull Determine the Module Slot Location page 13

This chassis Contains these modules

Primary chassis 1756-A5XT 1756-PBXT 1756-L63XT 1756-RMXT 1756-CN2RXT

Secondary chassis 1756-A5XT 1756-PBXT 1756-L63XT 1756-RMXT 1756-CN2RXT

Primary Chassis

Secondary Chassis

Redundant ControlNet Media

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 11

PartsTo use your ControlNet module you need these system components

Set the Modulersquos Network AddressUse a small screwdriver to set the modulersquos network address switches For modules in a standalone chassis you must specify a unique ControlNet network address You can select an address of 0199 for modules in a standalone chassis Address 00 is an invalid ControlNet address

This example shows the network address switches set to 23

XTX

TXTX

TXT

-1756-CN2RXT

1756-A5XT or 1756-A7LXT1756-PBXT

1786-TPR 1786-TPS 1786-TPYR or 1786-TPYS

Top of Module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

12 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Reset the Module to the Original Factory SettingsIf you need to reset the module to its original settings and clear all keeper information complete the following steps

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Reset the switches to 00

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassis

6 After the module status display reads lsquoReset Complete-Change Switch Settingsrsquo remove power from the chassis

7 Remove the module from the chassis

8 Set the switches to their final value

9 Replace the module in the chassis

10 Apply power to the chassis

IMPORTANT The following procedure instructs you to remove power from the chassis before removing the module This is only necessary if the module is in a Class I Division 2 hazardous location For more information see Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP) on page 14

IMPORTANT Do not use the 00 switch setting during normal module operation

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 13

Prepare the Chassis for Module InstallationComplete these tasks using the resources listed as references before you install your ControlNet module

Determine the Module Slot Location

When installing your ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface module remember that you can install

bull a 1756-CN2RXT module in any open slot of the chassis

bull multiple 1756-CN2RXT modules in the same chassis

bull as many modules as your power supply can accommodate that is the number for which the power supply is rated

Task Resource

Install a ControlLogix-XT chassis ControlLogix-XT Chassis Series B Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Install a ControlLogix-XT power supply ControlLogix-XT Power Supply Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

14 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)

Install the ControlNet ModuleTo install the module perform this procedure

1 Align the circuit board with top and bottom guides in the chassis

2 Slide the module into the chassis

WARNING When you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding Repeated electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance that can affect module operation

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 15

3 Make sure the module backplane connector properly connects to the chassis backplane

The module is properly installed when it is flush with the power supply or other installed modules

ATTENTION Do not force the module into the backplane connector If you cannot seat the module with firm pressure check the alignment Forcing the module into the chassis can damage the backplane connector or the module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

16 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Connect the Module to the Network

Connect the module to the ControlNet network by using one of these taps

However taps with a straight connector (catalog numbers 1786-TPS and 1786-TPYS) are recommended because the BNC connectors are located on the bottom of the module

To connect the module to the network with a tap perform this procedure

1 Remove and save the dust caps from the ControlNet taps

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the communications cable with power applied to this module or any device on the network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

bull 1786-TPR bull 1786-TPYS

bull 1786-TPS bull 1786-TCT2BD1

bull 1786-TPYR

ATTENTION Do not allow any metal portions of the tap to contact any conductive material If you disconnect the tap from the module place the dust cap back on the straight or right-angle connector to prevent the connector from accidentally contacting a metallic grounded surface

Dust Cap

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 17

2 Attach the taprsquos straight or right-angle connector to the appropriate BNC connector on the module

IMPORTANT Avoid accidentally reversing the tap connections Before making your connection check the tap drop cable for the label indicating the attached segment Accidental connection reversals produce incorrect status displays and require troubleshooting

To use modules in a redundant-control chassis pair you must connect the primary and redundant partner modules to the same network segment If you are using redundant media connect the channel of each partner to the same network segment

For trunkline Attach the connector to

A Channel A on the 1756-CN2RXT module

B Channel B on the 1756-CN2RXT module

Tap Tap

B A

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

18 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Apply Power and Check StatusIf not yet applied apply power to the chassis power supply Use this flowchart as a reference to determine module status after power is applied

Turn the chassis power supply on

Module status indicator red

See Status Indicators on page 23

Module performs a self-test initialization

No

Yes

TEST

No

Yes

Module status indicator red

Self-test has failed and the module displays an error message See page 23

Replace the module

Self-test is complete The status indicator flashes green

Channel A and B status indicators alternately flash

Channel A and B status indicators display the network condition as listed on page 29

Module status displays OK

No See the troubleshooting table on page 23

Yes

Module is functional and operating

OK Axx

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 19

Remove the ModuleTo remove the module perform this procedure

1 Push on the upper and lower tabs to disengage them

2 Slide the module out of the chassis

IMPORTANT If you are removing and replacing an existing module with an identical one and you want to resume identical system operation you must install the new module with the same ControlNet address in the same slot

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

20 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Install the EDS FileThe EDS file can be uploaded directly from the module This feature lets you register the EDS file for your module from within RSLinx software by following the steps listed below

1 Open RSLinx software version 255 or later and browse for the module

2 Right-click the module and select Upload EDS file from device

The Upload EDS wizard opens

3 Complete the EDS wizard to register the EDS file

The EDS file can also be downloaded from wwwabcomnetworksedshtml and installed with the RSLinx EDS Hardware Installation Tool

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 21

Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB PortThe ControlNet interface module has a USB device port that uses a Type B receptacle The port is USB 11-compatible and runs at 12 Mbps To use the USB port of the 1756-CN2RXT you must have RSLinx software version 255 or later installed on your workstation Use a USB cable to connect your workstation to the USB port With this connection you can download programs to controllers and configure other devices which are accessible by the module directly from your workstation

WARNING The USB port is intended for temporary local programming purposes only and not intended for permanent connection If you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

A Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to maintain hazardous location certifications

WARNING The 1756-CN2RXT modules series B have an industrial Type B USB port The port has the same electrical characteristics as other Type B ports but a higher cable pull-out rating

For typical applications in nonhazardous environments you may use any high-quality USB cable If used in a hazardous location a Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to meet the 15-Newton pull test for hazardous environments

ATTENTION The USB cable is not to exceed 30 m (984 ft) and must not contain hubs

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

22 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Set Up the USB DriverTo configure RSLinx software to use a USB port first set up a USB driver by performing this procedure

1 Connect your 1756-CN2RXT module to your workstation by installing a USB cable in your modulersquos USB port

The workstation monitor displays the Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box

2 Click Install the software automatically (Recommended) and click Next

The software is installed

3 Click Finish to set up your USB driver

4 To view your 1756-CN2RXT module in RSLinx software click the RSWho button

The RSLinx Workstation organizer appears

Your 1756-CN2RXT module appears under two different drivers a virtual chassis and the USB port You can use either driver to browse through to your ControlNet module

Virtual Chassis Driver

USB Port Driver

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 23

Status IndicatorsThe ControlLogix-XT ControlNet module has these status indicators

Module Status Indicator and Display

The Module Status indicator and Module Status display provide diagnostic information Use this table to interpret the Module Status Indicator and Display

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Off None The module is not communicating due to a power supply fault or internal fault

1 Check the power supply2 Check the cable connectors3 Make sure the module is

firmly seated in the chassis4 If the indicator remains off

replace the module

Module Status Display

Module Status IndicatorChannel Status Indicators

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 9: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 9

Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant ControlYou can use the 1756-CN2RXT modules either in standalone or redundant configurations

A standalone configuration uses

bull one control chassis that contains the 1756-CN2RXT and the 1756-L63XT controller

bull one or both channels of the 1756-CN2RXT module connected to the ControlNet network

A redundant configuration uses

bull two controller chassis called the redundant chassis pair Each chassis of the pair must contain at least these modules

ndash 1756-L63XT controller

ndash 1756-CN2RXT ControlNet module

ndash 1756-RMXT redundancy module

bull one or both channels of the 1756-CN2RXT module connected to the ControlNet network

For more information about redundancy control refer to the ControlLogix Redundancy System User Manual publication 1756-UM523

IMPORTANT If you are using the 1756-CN2RXT in a redundant system these hardware considerations must be made

bull Each redundant chassis of the pair must be configured with identical modules placed in identical slots These module pairings between the two chassis are called partners

bull All partner modules in redundant chassis pairs must be at the same firmware revision

bull For ControlNet module partners the ControlNet network address must be the same for each module of the pair

bull These modules cannot be used in redundant chassis pairs that contain 1756-CN2RXT modules

ndash 1756-DHRIOXT or 1756-DHRIO

ndash 1756-SRM

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

10 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Example Redundant ControlLogix-XT System

This example of a redundant ControlLogix-XT system shows the chassis components listed in this table

Before You BeginBefore you install your module complete these tasks

bull Obtain Appropriate Parts page 11

bull Set the Modulersquos Network Address page 11

bull Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation page 13

bull Determine the Module Slot Location page 13

This chassis Contains these modules

Primary chassis 1756-A5XT 1756-PBXT 1756-L63XT 1756-RMXT 1756-CN2RXT

Secondary chassis 1756-A5XT 1756-PBXT 1756-L63XT 1756-RMXT 1756-CN2RXT

Primary Chassis

Secondary Chassis

Redundant ControlNet Media

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 11

PartsTo use your ControlNet module you need these system components

Set the Modulersquos Network AddressUse a small screwdriver to set the modulersquos network address switches For modules in a standalone chassis you must specify a unique ControlNet network address You can select an address of 0199 for modules in a standalone chassis Address 00 is an invalid ControlNet address

This example shows the network address switches set to 23

XTX

TXTX

TXT

-1756-CN2RXT

1756-A5XT or 1756-A7LXT1756-PBXT

1786-TPR 1786-TPS 1786-TPYR or 1786-TPYS

Top of Module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

12 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Reset the Module to the Original Factory SettingsIf you need to reset the module to its original settings and clear all keeper information complete the following steps

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Reset the switches to 00

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassis

6 After the module status display reads lsquoReset Complete-Change Switch Settingsrsquo remove power from the chassis

7 Remove the module from the chassis

8 Set the switches to their final value

9 Replace the module in the chassis

10 Apply power to the chassis

IMPORTANT The following procedure instructs you to remove power from the chassis before removing the module This is only necessary if the module is in a Class I Division 2 hazardous location For more information see Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP) on page 14

IMPORTANT Do not use the 00 switch setting during normal module operation

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 13

Prepare the Chassis for Module InstallationComplete these tasks using the resources listed as references before you install your ControlNet module

Determine the Module Slot Location

When installing your ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface module remember that you can install

bull a 1756-CN2RXT module in any open slot of the chassis

bull multiple 1756-CN2RXT modules in the same chassis

bull as many modules as your power supply can accommodate that is the number for which the power supply is rated

Task Resource

Install a ControlLogix-XT chassis ControlLogix-XT Chassis Series B Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Install a ControlLogix-XT power supply ControlLogix-XT Power Supply Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

14 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)

Install the ControlNet ModuleTo install the module perform this procedure

1 Align the circuit board with top and bottom guides in the chassis

2 Slide the module into the chassis

WARNING When you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding Repeated electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance that can affect module operation

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 15

3 Make sure the module backplane connector properly connects to the chassis backplane

The module is properly installed when it is flush with the power supply or other installed modules

ATTENTION Do not force the module into the backplane connector If you cannot seat the module with firm pressure check the alignment Forcing the module into the chassis can damage the backplane connector or the module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

16 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Connect the Module to the Network

Connect the module to the ControlNet network by using one of these taps

However taps with a straight connector (catalog numbers 1786-TPS and 1786-TPYS) are recommended because the BNC connectors are located on the bottom of the module

To connect the module to the network with a tap perform this procedure

1 Remove and save the dust caps from the ControlNet taps

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the communications cable with power applied to this module or any device on the network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

bull 1786-TPR bull 1786-TPYS

bull 1786-TPS bull 1786-TCT2BD1

bull 1786-TPYR

ATTENTION Do not allow any metal portions of the tap to contact any conductive material If you disconnect the tap from the module place the dust cap back on the straight or right-angle connector to prevent the connector from accidentally contacting a metallic grounded surface

Dust Cap

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 17

2 Attach the taprsquos straight or right-angle connector to the appropriate BNC connector on the module

IMPORTANT Avoid accidentally reversing the tap connections Before making your connection check the tap drop cable for the label indicating the attached segment Accidental connection reversals produce incorrect status displays and require troubleshooting

To use modules in a redundant-control chassis pair you must connect the primary and redundant partner modules to the same network segment If you are using redundant media connect the channel of each partner to the same network segment

For trunkline Attach the connector to

A Channel A on the 1756-CN2RXT module

B Channel B on the 1756-CN2RXT module

Tap Tap

B A

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

18 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Apply Power and Check StatusIf not yet applied apply power to the chassis power supply Use this flowchart as a reference to determine module status after power is applied

Turn the chassis power supply on

Module status indicator red

See Status Indicators on page 23

Module performs a self-test initialization

No

Yes

TEST

No

Yes

Module status indicator red

Self-test has failed and the module displays an error message See page 23

Replace the module

Self-test is complete The status indicator flashes green

Channel A and B status indicators alternately flash

Channel A and B status indicators display the network condition as listed on page 29

Module status displays OK

No See the troubleshooting table on page 23

Yes

Module is functional and operating

OK Axx

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 19

Remove the ModuleTo remove the module perform this procedure

1 Push on the upper and lower tabs to disengage them

2 Slide the module out of the chassis

IMPORTANT If you are removing and replacing an existing module with an identical one and you want to resume identical system operation you must install the new module with the same ControlNet address in the same slot

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

20 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Install the EDS FileThe EDS file can be uploaded directly from the module This feature lets you register the EDS file for your module from within RSLinx software by following the steps listed below

1 Open RSLinx software version 255 or later and browse for the module

2 Right-click the module and select Upload EDS file from device

The Upload EDS wizard opens

3 Complete the EDS wizard to register the EDS file

The EDS file can also be downloaded from wwwabcomnetworksedshtml and installed with the RSLinx EDS Hardware Installation Tool

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 21

Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB PortThe ControlNet interface module has a USB device port that uses a Type B receptacle The port is USB 11-compatible and runs at 12 Mbps To use the USB port of the 1756-CN2RXT you must have RSLinx software version 255 or later installed on your workstation Use a USB cable to connect your workstation to the USB port With this connection you can download programs to controllers and configure other devices which are accessible by the module directly from your workstation

WARNING The USB port is intended for temporary local programming purposes only and not intended for permanent connection If you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

A Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to maintain hazardous location certifications

WARNING The 1756-CN2RXT modules series B have an industrial Type B USB port The port has the same electrical characteristics as other Type B ports but a higher cable pull-out rating

For typical applications in nonhazardous environments you may use any high-quality USB cable If used in a hazardous location a Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to meet the 15-Newton pull test for hazardous environments

ATTENTION The USB cable is not to exceed 30 m (984 ft) and must not contain hubs

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

22 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Set Up the USB DriverTo configure RSLinx software to use a USB port first set up a USB driver by performing this procedure

1 Connect your 1756-CN2RXT module to your workstation by installing a USB cable in your modulersquos USB port

The workstation monitor displays the Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box

2 Click Install the software automatically (Recommended) and click Next

The software is installed

3 Click Finish to set up your USB driver

4 To view your 1756-CN2RXT module in RSLinx software click the RSWho button

The RSLinx Workstation organizer appears

Your 1756-CN2RXT module appears under two different drivers a virtual chassis and the USB port You can use either driver to browse through to your ControlNet module

Virtual Chassis Driver

USB Port Driver

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 23

Status IndicatorsThe ControlLogix-XT ControlNet module has these status indicators

Module Status Indicator and Display

The Module Status indicator and Module Status display provide diagnostic information Use this table to interpret the Module Status Indicator and Display

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Off None The module is not communicating due to a power supply fault or internal fault

1 Check the power supply2 Check the cable connectors3 Make sure the module is

firmly seated in the chassis4 If the indicator remains off

replace the module

Module Status Display

Module Status IndicatorChannel Status Indicators

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR ltFEFF004200720075006b00200064006900730073006500200069006e006e007300740069006c006c0069006e00670065006e0065002000740069006c002000e50020006f00700070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065007200200073006f006d002000700061007300730065007200200066006f00720020007000e5006c006900740065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500740073006b007200690066007400200061007600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50070006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f0067002000730065006e006500720065002egt SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 10: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

10 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Example Redundant ControlLogix-XT System

This example of a redundant ControlLogix-XT system shows the chassis components listed in this table

Before You BeginBefore you install your module complete these tasks

bull Obtain Appropriate Parts page 11

bull Set the Modulersquos Network Address page 11

bull Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation page 13

bull Determine the Module Slot Location page 13

This chassis Contains these modules

Primary chassis 1756-A5XT 1756-PBXT 1756-L63XT 1756-RMXT 1756-CN2RXT

Secondary chassis 1756-A5XT 1756-PBXT 1756-L63XT 1756-RMXT 1756-CN2RXT

Primary Chassis

Secondary Chassis

Redundant ControlNet Media

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

To Remote IO

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 11

PartsTo use your ControlNet module you need these system components

Set the Modulersquos Network AddressUse a small screwdriver to set the modulersquos network address switches For modules in a standalone chassis you must specify a unique ControlNet network address You can select an address of 0199 for modules in a standalone chassis Address 00 is an invalid ControlNet address

This example shows the network address switches set to 23

XTX

TXTX

TXT

-1756-CN2RXT

1756-A5XT or 1756-A7LXT1756-PBXT

1786-TPR 1786-TPS 1786-TPYR or 1786-TPYS

Top of Module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

12 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Reset the Module to the Original Factory SettingsIf you need to reset the module to its original settings and clear all keeper information complete the following steps

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Reset the switches to 00

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassis

6 After the module status display reads lsquoReset Complete-Change Switch Settingsrsquo remove power from the chassis

7 Remove the module from the chassis

8 Set the switches to their final value

9 Replace the module in the chassis

10 Apply power to the chassis

IMPORTANT The following procedure instructs you to remove power from the chassis before removing the module This is only necessary if the module is in a Class I Division 2 hazardous location For more information see Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP) on page 14

IMPORTANT Do not use the 00 switch setting during normal module operation

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 13

Prepare the Chassis for Module InstallationComplete these tasks using the resources listed as references before you install your ControlNet module

Determine the Module Slot Location

When installing your ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface module remember that you can install

bull a 1756-CN2RXT module in any open slot of the chassis

bull multiple 1756-CN2RXT modules in the same chassis

bull as many modules as your power supply can accommodate that is the number for which the power supply is rated

Task Resource

Install a ControlLogix-XT chassis ControlLogix-XT Chassis Series B Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Install a ControlLogix-XT power supply ControlLogix-XT Power Supply Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

14 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)

Install the ControlNet ModuleTo install the module perform this procedure

1 Align the circuit board with top and bottom guides in the chassis

2 Slide the module into the chassis

WARNING When you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding Repeated electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance that can affect module operation

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 15

3 Make sure the module backplane connector properly connects to the chassis backplane

The module is properly installed when it is flush with the power supply or other installed modules

ATTENTION Do not force the module into the backplane connector If you cannot seat the module with firm pressure check the alignment Forcing the module into the chassis can damage the backplane connector or the module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

16 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Connect the Module to the Network

Connect the module to the ControlNet network by using one of these taps

However taps with a straight connector (catalog numbers 1786-TPS and 1786-TPYS) are recommended because the BNC connectors are located on the bottom of the module

To connect the module to the network with a tap perform this procedure

1 Remove and save the dust caps from the ControlNet taps

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the communications cable with power applied to this module or any device on the network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

bull 1786-TPR bull 1786-TPYS

bull 1786-TPS bull 1786-TCT2BD1

bull 1786-TPYR

ATTENTION Do not allow any metal portions of the tap to contact any conductive material If you disconnect the tap from the module place the dust cap back on the straight or right-angle connector to prevent the connector from accidentally contacting a metallic grounded surface

Dust Cap

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 17

2 Attach the taprsquos straight or right-angle connector to the appropriate BNC connector on the module

IMPORTANT Avoid accidentally reversing the tap connections Before making your connection check the tap drop cable for the label indicating the attached segment Accidental connection reversals produce incorrect status displays and require troubleshooting

To use modules in a redundant-control chassis pair you must connect the primary and redundant partner modules to the same network segment If you are using redundant media connect the channel of each partner to the same network segment

For trunkline Attach the connector to

A Channel A on the 1756-CN2RXT module

B Channel B on the 1756-CN2RXT module

Tap Tap

B A

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

18 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Apply Power and Check StatusIf not yet applied apply power to the chassis power supply Use this flowchart as a reference to determine module status after power is applied

Turn the chassis power supply on

Module status indicator red

See Status Indicators on page 23

Module performs a self-test initialization

No

Yes

TEST

No

Yes

Module status indicator red

Self-test has failed and the module displays an error message See page 23

Replace the module

Self-test is complete The status indicator flashes green

Channel A and B status indicators alternately flash

Channel A and B status indicators display the network condition as listed on page 29

Module status displays OK

No See the troubleshooting table on page 23

Yes

Module is functional and operating

OK Axx

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 19

Remove the ModuleTo remove the module perform this procedure

1 Push on the upper and lower tabs to disengage them

2 Slide the module out of the chassis

IMPORTANT If you are removing and replacing an existing module with an identical one and you want to resume identical system operation you must install the new module with the same ControlNet address in the same slot

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

20 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Install the EDS FileThe EDS file can be uploaded directly from the module This feature lets you register the EDS file for your module from within RSLinx software by following the steps listed below

1 Open RSLinx software version 255 or later and browse for the module

2 Right-click the module and select Upload EDS file from device

The Upload EDS wizard opens

3 Complete the EDS wizard to register the EDS file

The EDS file can also be downloaded from wwwabcomnetworksedshtml and installed with the RSLinx EDS Hardware Installation Tool

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 21

Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB PortThe ControlNet interface module has a USB device port that uses a Type B receptacle The port is USB 11-compatible and runs at 12 Mbps To use the USB port of the 1756-CN2RXT you must have RSLinx software version 255 or later installed on your workstation Use a USB cable to connect your workstation to the USB port With this connection you can download programs to controllers and configure other devices which are accessible by the module directly from your workstation

WARNING The USB port is intended for temporary local programming purposes only and not intended for permanent connection If you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

A Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to maintain hazardous location certifications

WARNING The 1756-CN2RXT modules series B have an industrial Type B USB port The port has the same electrical characteristics as other Type B ports but a higher cable pull-out rating

For typical applications in nonhazardous environments you may use any high-quality USB cable If used in a hazardous location a Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to meet the 15-Newton pull test for hazardous environments

ATTENTION The USB cable is not to exceed 30 m (984 ft) and must not contain hubs

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

22 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Set Up the USB DriverTo configure RSLinx software to use a USB port first set up a USB driver by performing this procedure

1 Connect your 1756-CN2RXT module to your workstation by installing a USB cable in your modulersquos USB port

The workstation monitor displays the Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box

2 Click Install the software automatically (Recommended) and click Next

The software is installed

3 Click Finish to set up your USB driver

4 To view your 1756-CN2RXT module in RSLinx software click the RSWho button

The RSLinx Workstation organizer appears

Your 1756-CN2RXT module appears under two different drivers a virtual chassis and the USB port You can use either driver to browse through to your ControlNet module

Virtual Chassis Driver

USB Port Driver

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 23

Status IndicatorsThe ControlLogix-XT ControlNet module has these status indicators

Module Status Indicator and Display

The Module Status indicator and Module Status display provide diagnostic information Use this table to interpret the Module Status Indicator and Display

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Off None The module is not communicating due to a power supply fault or internal fault

1 Check the power supply2 Check the cable connectors3 Make sure the module is

firmly seated in the chassis4 If the indicator remains off

replace the module

Module Status Display

Module Status IndicatorChannel Status Indicators

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 11: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 11

PartsTo use your ControlNet module you need these system components

Set the Modulersquos Network AddressUse a small screwdriver to set the modulersquos network address switches For modules in a standalone chassis you must specify a unique ControlNet network address You can select an address of 0199 for modules in a standalone chassis Address 00 is an invalid ControlNet address

This example shows the network address switches set to 23

XTX

TXTX

TXT

-1756-CN2RXT

1756-A5XT or 1756-A7LXT1756-PBXT

1786-TPR 1786-TPS 1786-TPYR or 1786-TPYS

Top of Module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

12 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Reset the Module to the Original Factory SettingsIf you need to reset the module to its original settings and clear all keeper information complete the following steps

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Reset the switches to 00

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassis

6 After the module status display reads lsquoReset Complete-Change Switch Settingsrsquo remove power from the chassis

7 Remove the module from the chassis

8 Set the switches to their final value

9 Replace the module in the chassis

10 Apply power to the chassis

IMPORTANT The following procedure instructs you to remove power from the chassis before removing the module This is only necessary if the module is in a Class I Division 2 hazardous location For more information see Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP) on page 14

IMPORTANT Do not use the 00 switch setting during normal module operation

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 13

Prepare the Chassis for Module InstallationComplete these tasks using the resources listed as references before you install your ControlNet module

Determine the Module Slot Location

When installing your ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface module remember that you can install

bull a 1756-CN2RXT module in any open slot of the chassis

bull multiple 1756-CN2RXT modules in the same chassis

bull as many modules as your power supply can accommodate that is the number for which the power supply is rated

Task Resource

Install a ControlLogix-XT chassis ControlLogix-XT Chassis Series B Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Install a ControlLogix-XT power supply ControlLogix-XT Power Supply Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

14 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)

Install the ControlNet ModuleTo install the module perform this procedure

1 Align the circuit board with top and bottom guides in the chassis

2 Slide the module into the chassis

WARNING When you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding Repeated electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance that can affect module operation

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 15

3 Make sure the module backplane connector properly connects to the chassis backplane

The module is properly installed when it is flush with the power supply or other installed modules

ATTENTION Do not force the module into the backplane connector If you cannot seat the module with firm pressure check the alignment Forcing the module into the chassis can damage the backplane connector or the module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

16 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Connect the Module to the Network

Connect the module to the ControlNet network by using one of these taps

However taps with a straight connector (catalog numbers 1786-TPS and 1786-TPYS) are recommended because the BNC connectors are located on the bottom of the module

To connect the module to the network with a tap perform this procedure

1 Remove and save the dust caps from the ControlNet taps

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the communications cable with power applied to this module or any device on the network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

bull 1786-TPR bull 1786-TPYS

bull 1786-TPS bull 1786-TCT2BD1

bull 1786-TPYR

ATTENTION Do not allow any metal portions of the tap to contact any conductive material If you disconnect the tap from the module place the dust cap back on the straight or right-angle connector to prevent the connector from accidentally contacting a metallic grounded surface

Dust Cap

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 17

2 Attach the taprsquos straight or right-angle connector to the appropriate BNC connector on the module

IMPORTANT Avoid accidentally reversing the tap connections Before making your connection check the tap drop cable for the label indicating the attached segment Accidental connection reversals produce incorrect status displays and require troubleshooting

To use modules in a redundant-control chassis pair you must connect the primary and redundant partner modules to the same network segment If you are using redundant media connect the channel of each partner to the same network segment

For trunkline Attach the connector to

A Channel A on the 1756-CN2RXT module

B Channel B on the 1756-CN2RXT module

Tap Tap

B A

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

18 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Apply Power and Check StatusIf not yet applied apply power to the chassis power supply Use this flowchart as a reference to determine module status after power is applied

Turn the chassis power supply on

Module status indicator red

See Status Indicators on page 23

Module performs a self-test initialization

No

Yes

TEST

No

Yes

Module status indicator red

Self-test has failed and the module displays an error message See page 23

Replace the module

Self-test is complete The status indicator flashes green

Channel A and B status indicators alternately flash

Channel A and B status indicators display the network condition as listed on page 29

Module status displays OK

No See the troubleshooting table on page 23

Yes

Module is functional and operating

OK Axx

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 19

Remove the ModuleTo remove the module perform this procedure

1 Push on the upper and lower tabs to disengage them

2 Slide the module out of the chassis

IMPORTANT If you are removing and replacing an existing module with an identical one and you want to resume identical system operation you must install the new module with the same ControlNet address in the same slot

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

20 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Install the EDS FileThe EDS file can be uploaded directly from the module This feature lets you register the EDS file for your module from within RSLinx software by following the steps listed below

1 Open RSLinx software version 255 or later and browse for the module

2 Right-click the module and select Upload EDS file from device

The Upload EDS wizard opens

3 Complete the EDS wizard to register the EDS file

The EDS file can also be downloaded from wwwabcomnetworksedshtml and installed with the RSLinx EDS Hardware Installation Tool

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 21

Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB PortThe ControlNet interface module has a USB device port that uses a Type B receptacle The port is USB 11-compatible and runs at 12 Mbps To use the USB port of the 1756-CN2RXT you must have RSLinx software version 255 or later installed on your workstation Use a USB cable to connect your workstation to the USB port With this connection you can download programs to controllers and configure other devices which are accessible by the module directly from your workstation

WARNING The USB port is intended for temporary local programming purposes only and not intended for permanent connection If you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

A Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to maintain hazardous location certifications

WARNING The 1756-CN2RXT modules series B have an industrial Type B USB port The port has the same electrical characteristics as other Type B ports but a higher cable pull-out rating

For typical applications in nonhazardous environments you may use any high-quality USB cable If used in a hazardous location a Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to meet the 15-Newton pull test for hazardous environments

ATTENTION The USB cable is not to exceed 30 m (984 ft) and must not contain hubs

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

22 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Set Up the USB DriverTo configure RSLinx software to use a USB port first set up a USB driver by performing this procedure

1 Connect your 1756-CN2RXT module to your workstation by installing a USB cable in your modulersquos USB port

The workstation monitor displays the Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box

2 Click Install the software automatically (Recommended) and click Next

The software is installed

3 Click Finish to set up your USB driver

4 To view your 1756-CN2RXT module in RSLinx software click the RSWho button

The RSLinx Workstation organizer appears

Your 1756-CN2RXT module appears under two different drivers a virtual chassis and the USB port You can use either driver to browse through to your ControlNet module

Virtual Chassis Driver

USB Port Driver

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 23

Status IndicatorsThe ControlLogix-XT ControlNet module has these status indicators

Module Status Indicator and Display

The Module Status indicator and Module Status display provide diagnostic information Use this table to interpret the Module Status Indicator and Display

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Off None The module is not communicating due to a power supply fault or internal fault

1 Check the power supply2 Check the cable connectors3 Make sure the module is

firmly seated in the chassis4 If the indicator remains off

replace the module

Module Status Display

Module Status IndicatorChannel Status Indicators

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 12: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

12 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Reset the Module to the Original Factory SettingsIf you need to reset the module to its original settings and clear all keeper information complete the following steps

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Reset the switches to 00

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassis

6 After the module status display reads lsquoReset Complete-Change Switch Settingsrsquo remove power from the chassis

7 Remove the module from the chassis

8 Set the switches to their final value

9 Replace the module in the chassis

10 Apply power to the chassis

IMPORTANT The following procedure instructs you to remove power from the chassis before removing the module This is only necessary if the module is in a Class I Division 2 hazardous location For more information see Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP) on page 14

IMPORTANT Do not use the 00 switch setting during normal module operation

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 13

Prepare the Chassis for Module InstallationComplete these tasks using the resources listed as references before you install your ControlNet module

Determine the Module Slot Location

When installing your ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface module remember that you can install

bull a 1756-CN2RXT module in any open slot of the chassis

bull multiple 1756-CN2RXT modules in the same chassis

bull as many modules as your power supply can accommodate that is the number for which the power supply is rated

Task Resource

Install a ControlLogix-XT chassis ControlLogix-XT Chassis Series B Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Install a ControlLogix-XT power supply ControlLogix-XT Power Supply Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

14 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)

Install the ControlNet ModuleTo install the module perform this procedure

1 Align the circuit board with top and bottom guides in the chassis

2 Slide the module into the chassis

WARNING When you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding Repeated electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance that can affect module operation

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 15

3 Make sure the module backplane connector properly connects to the chassis backplane

The module is properly installed when it is flush with the power supply or other installed modules

ATTENTION Do not force the module into the backplane connector If you cannot seat the module with firm pressure check the alignment Forcing the module into the chassis can damage the backplane connector or the module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

16 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Connect the Module to the Network

Connect the module to the ControlNet network by using one of these taps

However taps with a straight connector (catalog numbers 1786-TPS and 1786-TPYS) are recommended because the BNC connectors are located on the bottom of the module

To connect the module to the network with a tap perform this procedure

1 Remove and save the dust caps from the ControlNet taps

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the communications cable with power applied to this module or any device on the network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

bull 1786-TPR bull 1786-TPYS

bull 1786-TPS bull 1786-TCT2BD1

bull 1786-TPYR

ATTENTION Do not allow any metal portions of the tap to contact any conductive material If you disconnect the tap from the module place the dust cap back on the straight or right-angle connector to prevent the connector from accidentally contacting a metallic grounded surface

Dust Cap

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 17

2 Attach the taprsquos straight or right-angle connector to the appropriate BNC connector on the module

IMPORTANT Avoid accidentally reversing the tap connections Before making your connection check the tap drop cable for the label indicating the attached segment Accidental connection reversals produce incorrect status displays and require troubleshooting

To use modules in a redundant-control chassis pair you must connect the primary and redundant partner modules to the same network segment If you are using redundant media connect the channel of each partner to the same network segment

For trunkline Attach the connector to

A Channel A on the 1756-CN2RXT module

B Channel B on the 1756-CN2RXT module

Tap Tap

B A

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

18 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Apply Power and Check StatusIf not yet applied apply power to the chassis power supply Use this flowchart as a reference to determine module status after power is applied

Turn the chassis power supply on

Module status indicator red

See Status Indicators on page 23

Module performs a self-test initialization

No

Yes

TEST

No

Yes

Module status indicator red

Self-test has failed and the module displays an error message See page 23

Replace the module

Self-test is complete The status indicator flashes green

Channel A and B status indicators alternately flash

Channel A and B status indicators display the network condition as listed on page 29

Module status displays OK

No See the troubleshooting table on page 23

Yes

Module is functional and operating

OK Axx

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 19

Remove the ModuleTo remove the module perform this procedure

1 Push on the upper and lower tabs to disengage them

2 Slide the module out of the chassis

IMPORTANT If you are removing and replacing an existing module with an identical one and you want to resume identical system operation you must install the new module with the same ControlNet address in the same slot

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

20 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Install the EDS FileThe EDS file can be uploaded directly from the module This feature lets you register the EDS file for your module from within RSLinx software by following the steps listed below

1 Open RSLinx software version 255 or later and browse for the module

2 Right-click the module and select Upload EDS file from device

The Upload EDS wizard opens

3 Complete the EDS wizard to register the EDS file

The EDS file can also be downloaded from wwwabcomnetworksedshtml and installed with the RSLinx EDS Hardware Installation Tool

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 21

Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB PortThe ControlNet interface module has a USB device port that uses a Type B receptacle The port is USB 11-compatible and runs at 12 Mbps To use the USB port of the 1756-CN2RXT you must have RSLinx software version 255 or later installed on your workstation Use a USB cable to connect your workstation to the USB port With this connection you can download programs to controllers and configure other devices which are accessible by the module directly from your workstation

WARNING The USB port is intended for temporary local programming purposes only and not intended for permanent connection If you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

A Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to maintain hazardous location certifications

WARNING The 1756-CN2RXT modules series B have an industrial Type B USB port The port has the same electrical characteristics as other Type B ports but a higher cable pull-out rating

For typical applications in nonhazardous environments you may use any high-quality USB cable If used in a hazardous location a Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to meet the 15-Newton pull test for hazardous environments

ATTENTION The USB cable is not to exceed 30 m (984 ft) and must not contain hubs

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

22 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Set Up the USB DriverTo configure RSLinx software to use a USB port first set up a USB driver by performing this procedure

1 Connect your 1756-CN2RXT module to your workstation by installing a USB cable in your modulersquos USB port

The workstation monitor displays the Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box

2 Click Install the software automatically (Recommended) and click Next

The software is installed

3 Click Finish to set up your USB driver

4 To view your 1756-CN2RXT module in RSLinx software click the RSWho button

The RSLinx Workstation organizer appears

Your 1756-CN2RXT module appears under two different drivers a virtual chassis and the USB port You can use either driver to browse through to your ControlNet module

Virtual Chassis Driver

USB Port Driver

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 23

Status IndicatorsThe ControlLogix-XT ControlNet module has these status indicators

Module Status Indicator and Display

The Module Status indicator and Module Status display provide diagnostic information Use this table to interpret the Module Status Indicator and Display

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Off None The module is not communicating due to a power supply fault or internal fault

1 Check the power supply2 Check the cable connectors3 Make sure the module is

firmly seated in the chassis4 If the indicator remains off

replace the module

Module Status Display

Module Status IndicatorChannel Status Indicators

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 13: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 13

Prepare the Chassis for Module InstallationComplete these tasks using the resources listed as references before you install your ControlNet module

Determine the Module Slot Location

When installing your ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface module remember that you can install

bull a 1756-CN2RXT module in any open slot of the chassis

bull multiple 1756-CN2RXT modules in the same chassis

bull as many modules as your power supply can accommodate that is the number for which the power supply is rated

Task Resource

Install a ControlLogix-XT chassis ControlLogix-XT Chassis Series B Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Install a ControlLogix-XT power supply ControlLogix-XT Power Supply Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Slot 0

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

14 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)

Install the ControlNet ModuleTo install the module perform this procedure

1 Align the circuit board with top and bottom guides in the chassis

2 Slide the module into the chassis

WARNING When you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding Repeated electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance that can affect module operation

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 15

3 Make sure the module backplane connector properly connects to the chassis backplane

The module is properly installed when it is flush with the power supply or other installed modules

ATTENTION Do not force the module into the backplane connector If you cannot seat the module with firm pressure check the alignment Forcing the module into the chassis can damage the backplane connector or the module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

16 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Connect the Module to the Network

Connect the module to the ControlNet network by using one of these taps

However taps with a straight connector (catalog numbers 1786-TPS and 1786-TPYS) are recommended because the BNC connectors are located on the bottom of the module

To connect the module to the network with a tap perform this procedure

1 Remove and save the dust caps from the ControlNet taps

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the communications cable with power applied to this module or any device on the network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

bull 1786-TPR bull 1786-TPYS

bull 1786-TPS bull 1786-TCT2BD1

bull 1786-TPYR

ATTENTION Do not allow any metal portions of the tap to contact any conductive material If you disconnect the tap from the module place the dust cap back on the straight or right-angle connector to prevent the connector from accidentally contacting a metallic grounded surface

Dust Cap

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 17

2 Attach the taprsquos straight or right-angle connector to the appropriate BNC connector on the module

IMPORTANT Avoid accidentally reversing the tap connections Before making your connection check the tap drop cable for the label indicating the attached segment Accidental connection reversals produce incorrect status displays and require troubleshooting

To use modules in a redundant-control chassis pair you must connect the primary and redundant partner modules to the same network segment If you are using redundant media connect the channel of each partner to the same network segment

For trunkline Attach the connector to

A Channel A on the 1756-CN2RXT module

B Channel B on the 1756-CN2RXT module

Tap Tap

B A

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

18 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Apply Power and Check StatusIf not yet applied apply power to the chassis power supply Use this flowchart as a reference to determine module status after power is applied

Turn the chassis power supply on

Module status indicator red

See Status Indicators on page 23

Module performs a self-test initialization

No

Yes

TEST

No

Yes

Module status indicator red

Self-test has failed and the module displays an error message See page 23

Replace the module

Self-test is complete The status indicator flashes green

Channel A and B status indicators alternately flash

Channel A and B status indicators display the network condition as listed on page 29

Module status displays OK

No See the troubleshooting table on page 23

Yes

Module is functional and operating

OK Axx

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 19

Remove the ModuleTo remove the module perform this procedure

1 Push on the upper and lower tabs to disengage them

2 Slide the module out of the chassis

IMPORTANT If you are removing and replacing an existing module with an identical one and you want to resume identical system operation you must install the new module with the same ControlNet address in the same slot

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

20 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Install the EDS FileThe EDS file can be uploaded directly from the module This feature lets you register the EDS file for your module from within RSLinx software by following the steps listed below

1 Open RSLinx software version 255 or later and browse for the module

2 Right-click the module and select Upload EDS file from device

The Upload EDS wizard opens

3 Complete the EDS wizard to register the EDS file

The EDS file can also be downloaded from wwwabcomnetworksedshtml and installed with the RSLinx EDS Hardware Installation Tool

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 21

Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB PortThe ControlNet interface module has a USB device port that uses a Type B receptacle The port is USB 11-compatible and runs at 12 Mbps To use the USB port of the 1756-CN2RXT you must have RSLinx software version 255 or later installed on your workstation Use a USB cable to connect your workstation to the USB port With this connection you can download programs to controllers and configure other devices which are accessible by the module directly from your workstation

WARNING The USB port is intended for temporary local programming purposes only and not intended for permanent connection If you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

A Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to maintain hazardous location certifications

WARNING The 1756-CN2RXT modules series B have an industrial Type B USB port The port has the same electrical characteristics as other Type B ports but a higher cable pull-out rating

For typical applications in nonhazardous environments you may use any high-quality USB cable If used in a hazardous location a Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to meet the 15-Newton pull test for hazardous environments

ATTENTION The USB cable is not to exceed 30 m (984 ft) and must not contain hubs

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

22 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Set Up the USB DriverTo configure RSLinx software to use a USB port first set up a USB driver by performing this procedure

1 Connect your 1756-CN2RXT module to your workstation by installing a USB cable in your modulersquos USB port

The workstation monitor displays the Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box

2 Click Install the software automatically (Recommended) and click Next

The software is installed

3 Click Finish to set up your USB driver

4 To view your 1756-CN2RXT module in RSLinx software click the RSWho button

The RSLinx Workstation organizer appears

Your 1756-CN2RXT module appears under two different drivers a virtual chassis and the USB port You can use either driver to browse through to your ControlNet module

Virtual Chassis Driver

USB Port Driver

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 23

Status IndicatorsThe ControlLogix-XT ControlNet module has these status indicators

Module Status Indicator and Display

The Module Status indicator and Module Status display provide diagnostic information Use this table to interpret the Module Status Indicator and Display

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Off None The module is not communicating due to a power supply fault or internal fault

1 Check the power supply2 Check the cable connectors3 Make sure the module is

firmly seated in the chassis4 If the indicator remains off

replace the module

Module Status Display

Module Status IndicatorChannel Status Indicators

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 14: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

14 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)

Install the ControlNet ModuleTo install the module perform this procedure

1 Align the circuit board with top and bottom guides in the chassis

2 Slide the module into the chassis

WARNING When you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding Repeated electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance that can affect module operation

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 15

3 Make sure the module backplane connector properly connects to the chassis backplane

The module is properly installed when it is flush with the power supply or other installed modules

ATTENTION Do not force the module into the backplane connector If you cannot seat the module with firm pressure check the alignment Forcing the module into the chassis can damage the backplane connector or the module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

16 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Connect the Module to the Network

Connect the module to the ControlNet network by using one of these taps

However taps with a straight connector (catalog numbers 1786-TPS and 1786-TPYS) are recommended because the BNC connectors are located on the bottom of the module

To connect the module to the network with a tap perform this procedure

1 Remove and save the dust caps from the ControlNet taps

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the communications cable with power applied to this module or any device on the network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

bull 1786-TPR bull 1786-TPYS

bull 1786-TPS bull 1786-TCT2BD1

bull 1786-TPYR

ATTENTION Do not allow any metal portions of the tap to contact any conductive material If you disconnect the tap from the module place the dust cap back on the straight or right-angle connector to prevent the connector from accidentally contacting a metallic grounded surface

Dust Cap

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 17

2 Attach the taprsquos straight or right-angle connector to the appropriate BNC connector on the module

IMPORTANT Avoid accidentally reversing the tap connections Before making your connection check the tap drop cable for the label indicating the attached segment Accidental connection reversals produce incorrect status displays and require troubleshooting

To use modules in a redundant-control chassis pair you must connect the primary and redundant partner modules to the same network segment If you are using redundant media connect the channel of each partner to the same network segment

For trunkline Attach the connector to

A Channel A on the 1756-CN2RXT module

B Channel B on the 1756-CN2RXT module

Tap Tap

B A

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

18 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Apply Power and Check StatusIf not yet applied apply power to the chassis power supply Use this flowchart as a reference to determine module status after power is applied

Turn the chassis power supply on

Module status indicator red

See Status Indicators on page 23

Module performs a self-test initialization

No

Yes

TEST

No

Yes

Module status indicator red

Self-test has failed and the module displays an error message See page 23

Replace the module

Self-test is complete The status indicator flashes green

Channel A and B status indicators alternately flash

Channel A and B status indicators display the network condition as listed on page 29

Module status displays OK

No See the troubleshooting table on page 23

Yes

Module is functional and operating

OK Axx

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 19

Remove the ModuleTo remove the module perform this procedure

1 Push on the upper and lower tabs to disengage them

2 Slide the module out of the chassis

IMPORTANT If you are removing and replacing an existing module with an identical one and you want to resume identical system operation you must install the new module with the same ControlNet address in the same slot

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

20 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Install the EDS FileThe EDS file can be uploaded directly from the module This feature lets you register the EDS file for your module from within RSLinx software by following the steps listed below

1 Open RSLinx software version 255 or later and browse for the module

2 Right-click the module and select Upload EDS file from device

The Upload EDS wizard opens

3 Complete the EDS wizard to register the EDS file

The EDS file can also be downloaded from wwwabcomnetworksedshtml and installed with the RSLinx EDS Hardware Installation Tool

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 21

Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB PortThe ControlNet interface module has a USB device port that uses a Type B receptacle The port is USB 11-compatible and runs at 12 Mbps To use the USB port of the 1756-CN2RXT you must have RSLinx software version 255 or later installed on your workstation Use a USB cable to connect your workstation to the USB port With this connection you can download programs to controllers and configure other devices which are accessible by the module directly from your workstation

WARNING The USB port is intended for temporary local programming purposes only and not intended for permanent connection If you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

A Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to maintain hazardous location certifications

WARNING The 1756-CN2RXT modules series B have an industrial Type B USB port The port has the same electrical characteristics as other Type B ports but a higher cable pull-out rating

For typical applications in nonhazardous environments you may use any high-quality USB cable If used in a hazardous location a Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to meet the 15-Newton pull test for hazardous environments

ATTENTION The USB cable is not to exceed 30 m (984 ft) and must not contain hubs

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

22 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Set Up the USB DriverTo configure RSLinx software to use a USB port first set up a USB driver by performing this procedure

1 Connect your 1756-CN2RXT module to your workstation by installing a USB cable in your modulersquos USB port

The workstation monitor displays the Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box

2 Click Install the software automatically (Recommended) and click Next

The software is installed

3 Click Finish to set up your USB driver

4 To view your 1756-CN2RXT module in RSLinx software click the RSWho button

The RSLinx Workstation organizer appears

Your 1756-CN2RXT module appears under two different drivers a virtual chassis and the USB port You can use either driver to browse through to your ControlNet module

Virtual Chassis Driver

USB Port Driver

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 23

Status IndicatorsThe ControlLogix-XT ControlNet module has these status indicators

Module Status Indicator and Display

The Module Status indicator and Module Status display provide diagnostic information Use this table to interpret the Module Status Indicator and Display

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Off None The module is not communicating due to a power supply fault or internal fault

1 Check the power supply2 Check the cable connectors3 Make sure the module is

firmly seated in the chassis4 If the indicator remains off

replace the module

Module Status Display

Module Status IndicatorChannel Status Indicators

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 15: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 15

3 Make sure the module backplane connector properly connects to the chassis backplane

The module is properly installed when it is flush with the power supply or other installed modules

ATTENTION Do not force the module into the backplane connector If you cannot seat the module with firm pressure check the alignment Forcing the module into the chassis can damage the backplane connector or the module

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

16 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Connect the Module to the Network

Connect the module to the ControlNet network by using one of these taps

However taps with a straight connector (catalog numbers 1786-TPS and 1786-TPYS) are recommended because the BNC connectors are located on the bottom of the module

To connect the module to the network with a tap perform this procedure

1 Remove and save the dust caps from the ControlNet taps

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the communications cable with power applied to this module or any device on the network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

bull 1786-TPR bull 1786-TPYS

bull 1786-TPS bull 1786-TCT2BD1

bull 1786-TPYR

ATTENTION Do not allow any metal portions of the tap to contact any conductive material If you disconnect the tap from the module place the dust cap back on the straight or right-angle connector to prevent the connector from accidentally contacting a metallic grounded surface

Dust Cap

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 17

2 Attach the taprsquos straight or right-angle connector to the appropriate BNC connector on the module

IMPORTANT Avoid accidentally reversing the tap connections Before making your connection check the tap drop cable for the label indicating the attached segment Accidental connection reversals produce incorrect status displays and require troubleshooting

To use modules in a redundant-control chassis pair you must connect the primary and redundant partner modules to the same network segment If you are using redundant media connect the channel of each partner to the same network segment

For trunkline Attach the connector to

A Channel A on the 1756-CN2RXT module

B Channel B on the 1756-CN2RXT module

Tap Tap

B A

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

18 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Apply Power and Check StatusIf not yet applied apply power to the chassis power supply Use this flowchart as a reference to determine module status after power is applied

Turn the chassis power supply on

Module status indicator red

See Status Indicators on page 23

Module performs a self-test initialization

No

Yes

TEST

No

Yes

Module status indicator red

Self-test has failed and the module displays an error message See page 23

Replace the module

Self-test is complete The status indicator flashes green

Channel A and B status indicators alternately flash

Channel A and B status indicators display the network condition as listed on page 29

Module status displays OK

No See the troubleshooting table on page 23

Yes

Module is functional and operating

OK Axx

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 19

Remove the ModuleTo remove the module perform this procedure

1 Push on the upper and lower tabs to disengage them

2 Slide the module out of the chassis

IMPORTANT If you are removing and replacing an existing module with an identical one and you want to resume identical system operation you must install the new module with the same ControlNet address in the same slot

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

20 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Install the EDS FileThe EDS file can be uploaded directly from the module This feature lets you register the EDS file for your module from within RSLinx software by following the steps listed below

1 Open RSLinx software version 255 or later and browse for the module

2 Right-click the module and select Upload EDS file from device

The Upload EDS wizard opens

3 Complete the EDS wizard to register the EDS file

The EDS file can also be downloaded from wwwabcomnetworksedshtml and installed with the RSLinx EDS Hardware Installation Tool

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 21

Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB PortThe ControlNet interface module has a USB device port that uses a Type B receptacle The port is USB 11-compatible and runs at 12 Mbps To use the USB port of the 1756-CN2RXT you must have RSLinx software version 255 or later installed on your workstation Use a USB cable to connect your workstation to the USB port With this connection you can download programs to controllers and configure other devices which are accessible by the module directly from your workstation

WARNING The USB port is intended for temporary local programming purposes only and not intended for permanent connection If you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

A Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to maintain hazardous location certifications

WARNING The 1756-CN2RXT modules series B have an industrial Type B USB port The port has the same electrical characteristics as other Type B ports but a higher cable pull-out rating

For typical applications in nonhazardous environments you may use any high-quality USB cable If used in a hazardous location a Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to meet the 15-Newton pull test for hazardous environments

ATTENTION The USB cable is not to exceed 30 m (984 ft) and must not contain hubs

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

22 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Set Up the USB DriverTo configure RSLinx software to use a USB port first set up a USB driver by performing this procedure

1 Connect your 1756-CN2RXT module to your workstation by installing a USB cable in your modulersquos USB port

The workstation monitor displays the Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box

2 Click Install the software automatically (Recommended) and click Next

The software is installed

3 Click Finish to set up your USB driver

4 To view your 1756-CN2RXT module in RSLinx software click the RSWho button

The RSLinx Workstation organizer appears

Your 1756-CN2RXT module appears under two different drivers a virtual chassis and the USB port You can use either driver to browse through to your ControlNet module

Virtual Chassis Driver

USB Port Driver

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 23

Status IndicatorsThe ControlLogix-XT ControlNet module has these status indicators

Module Status Indicator and Display

The Module Status indicator and Module Status display provide diagnostic information Use this table to interpret the Module Status Indicator and Display

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Off None The module is not communicating due to a power supply fault or internal fault

1 Check the power supply2 Check the cable connectors3 Make sure the module is

firmly seated in the chassis4 If the indicator remains off

replace the module

Module Status Display

Module Status IndicatorChannel Status Indicators

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 16: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

16 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Connect the Module to the Network

Connect the module to the ControlNet network by using one of these taps

However taps with a straight connector (catalog numbers 1786-TPS and 1786-TPYS) are recommended because the BNC connectors are located on the bottom of the module

To connect the module to the network with a tap perform this procedure

1 Remove and save the dust caps from the ControlNet taps

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the communications cable with power applied to this module or any device on the network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

bull 1786-TPR bull 1786-TPYS

bull 1786-TPS bull 1786-TCT2BD1

bull 1786-TPYR

ATTENTION Do not allow any metal portions of the tap to contact any conductive material If you disconnect the tap from the module place the dust cap back on the straight or right-angle connector to prevent the connector from accidentally contacting a metallic grounded surface

Dust Cap

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 17

2 Attach the taprsquos straight or right-angle connector to the appropriate BNC connector on the module

IMPORTANT Avoid accidentally reversing the tap connections Before making your connection check the tap drop cable for the label indicating the attached segment Accidental connection reversals produce incorrect status displays and require troubleshooting

To use modules in a redundant-control chassis pair you must connect the primary and redundant partner modules to the same network segment If you are using redundant media connect the channel of each partner to the same network segment

For trunkline Attach the connector to

A Channel A on the 1756-CN2RXT module

B Channel B on the 1756-CN2RXT module

Tap Tap

B A

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

18 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Apply Power and Check StatusIf not yet applied apply power to the chassis power supply Use this flowchart as a reference to determine module status after power is applied

Turn the chassis power supply on

Module status indicator red

See Status Indicators on page 23

Module performs a self-test initialization

No

Yes

TEST

No

Yes

Module status indicator red

Self-test has failed and the module displays an error message See page 23

Replace the module

Self-test is complete The status indicator flashes green

Channel A and B status indicators alternately flash

Channel A and B status indicators display the network condition as listed on page 29

Module status displays OK

No See the troubleshooting table on page 23

Yes

Module is functional and operating

OK Axx

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 19

Remove the ModuleTo remove the module perform this procedure

1 Push on the upper and lower tabs to disengage them

2 Slide the module out of the chassis

IMPORTANT If you are removing and replacing an existing module with an identical one and you want to resume identical system operation you must install the new module with the same ControlNet address in the same slot

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

20 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Install the EDS FileThe EDS file can be uploaded directly from the module This feature lets you register the EDS file for your module from within RSLinx software by following the steps listed below

1 Open RSLinx software version 255 or later and browse for the module

2 Right-click the module and select Upload EDS file from device

The Upload EDS wizard opens

3 Complete the EDS wizard to register the EDS file

The EDS file can also be downloaded from wwwabcomnetworksedshtml and installed with the RSLinx EDS Hardware Installation Tool

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 21

Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB PortThe ControlNet interface module has a USB device port that uses a Type B receptacle The port is USB 11-compatible and runs at 12 Mbps To use the USB port of the 1756-CN2RXT you must have RSLinx software version 255 or later installed on your workstation Use a USB cable to connect your workstation to the USB port With this connection you can download programs to controllers and configure other devices which are accessible by the module directly from your workstation

WARNING The USB port is intended for temporary local programming purposes only and not intended for permanent connection If you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

A Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to maintain hazardous location certifications

WARNING The 1756-CN2RXT modules series B have an industrial Type B USB port The port has the same electrical characteristics as other Type B ports but a higher cable pull-out rating

For typical applications in nonhazardous environments you may use any high-quality USB cable If used in a hazardous location a Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to meet the 15-Newton pull test for hazardous environments

ATTENTION The USB cable is not to exceed 30 m (984 ft) and must not contain hubs

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

22 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Set Up the USB DriverTo configure RSLinx software to use a USB port first set up a USB driver by performing this procedure

1 Connect your 1756-CN2RXT module to your workstation by installing a USB cable in your modulersquos USB port

The workstation monitor displays the Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box

2 Click Install the software automatically (Recommended) and click Next

The software is installed

3 Click Finish to set up your USB driver

4 To view your 1756-CN2RXT module in RSLinx software click the RSWho button

The RSLinx Workstation organizer appears

Your 1756-CN2RXT module appears under two different drivers a virtual chassis and the USB port You can use either driver to browse through to your ControlNet module

Virtual Chassis Driver

USB Port Driver

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 23

Status IndicatorsThe ControlLogix-XT ControlNet module has these status indicators

Module Status Indicator and Display

The Module Status indicator and Module Status display provide diagnostic information Use this table to interpret the Module Status Indicator and Display

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Off None The module is not communicating due to a power supply fault or internal fault

1 Check the power supply2 Check the cable connectors3 Make sure the module is

firmly seated in the chassis4 If the indicator remains off

replace the module

Module Status Display

Module Status IndicatorChannel Status Indicators

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN ltFEFF004200720075006700200064006900730073006500200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072002000740069006c0020006100740020006f0070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002c0020006400650072002000650072002000650067006e006500640065002000740069006c0020007000e5006c006900640065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e006700200061006600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50062006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002egt NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 17: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 17

2 Attach the taprsquos straight or right-angle connector to the appropriate BNC connector on the module

IMPORTANT Avoid accidentally reversing the tap connections Before making your connection check the tap drop cable for the label indicating the attached segment Accidental connection reversals produce incorrect status displays and require troubleshooting

To use modules in a redundant-control chassis pair you must connect the primary and redundant partner modules to the same network segment If you are using redundant media connect the channel of each partner to the same network segment

For trunkline Attach the connector to

A Channel A on the 1756-CN2RXT module

B Channel B on the 1756-CN2RXT module

Tap Tap

B A

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

18 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Apply Power and Check StatusIf not yet applied apply power to the chassis power supply Use this flowchart as a reference to determine module status after power is applied

Turn the chassis power supply on

Module status indicator red

See Status Indicators on page 23

Module performs a self-test initialization

No

Yes

TEST

No

Yes

Module status indicator red

Self-test has failed and the module displays an error message See page 23

Replace the module

Self-test is complete The status indicator flashes green

Channel A and B status indicators alternately flash

Channel A and B status indicators display the network condition as listed on page 29

Module status displays OK

No See the troubleshooting table on page 23

Yes

Module is functional and operating

OK Axx

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 19

Remove the ModuleTo remove the module perform this procedure

1 Push on the upper and lower tabs to disengage them

2 Slide the module out of the chassis

IMPORTANT If you are removing and replacing an existing module with an identical one and you want to resume identical system operation you must install the new module with the same ControlNet address in the same slot

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

20 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Install the EDS FileThe EDS file can be uploaded directly from the module This feature lets you register the EDS file for your module from within RSLinx software by following the steps listed below

1 Open RSLinx software version 255 or later and browse for the module

2 Right-click the module and select Upload EDS file from device

The Upload EDS wizard opens

3 Complete the EDS wizard to register the EDS file

The EDS file can also be downloaded from wwwabcomnetworksedshtml and installed with the RSLinx EDS Hardware Installation Tool

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 21

Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB PortThe ControlNet interface module has a USB device port that uses a Type B receptacle The port is USB 11-compatible and runs at 12 Mbps To use the USB port of the 1756-CN2RXT you must have RSLinx software version 255 or later installed on your workstation Use a USB cable to connect your workstation to the USB port With this connection you can download programs to controllers and configure other devices which are accessible by the module directly from your workstation

WARNING The USB port is intended for temporary local programming purposes only and not intended for permanent connection If you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

A Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to maintain hazardous location certifications

WARNING The 1756-CN2RXT modules series B have an industrial Type B USB port The port has the same electrical characteristics as other Type B ports but a higher cable pull-out rating

For typical applications in nonhazardous environments you may use any high-quality USB cable If used in a hazardous location a Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to meet the 15-Newton pull test for hazardous environments

ATTENTION The USB cable is not to exceed 30 m (984 ft) and must not contain hubs

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

22 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Set Up the USB DriverTo configure RSLinx software to use a USB port first set up a USB driver by performing this procedure

1 Connect your 1756-CN2RXT module to your workstation by installing a USB cable in your modulersquos USB port

The workstation monitor displays the Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box

2 Click Install the software automatically (Recommended) and click Next

The software is installed

3 Click Finish to set up your USB driver

4 To view your 1756-CN2RXT module in RSLinx software click the RSWho button

The RSLinx Workstation organizer appears

Your 1756-CN2RXT module appears under two different drivers a virtual chassis and the USB port You can use either driver to browse through to your ControlNet module

Virtual Chassis Driver

USB Port Driver

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 23

Status IndicatorsThe ControlLogix-XT ControlNet module has these status indicators

Module Status Indicator and Display

The Module Status indicator and Module Status display provide diagnostic information Use this table to interpret the Module Status Indicator and Display

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Off None The module is not communicating due to a power supply fault or internal fault

1 Check the power supply2 Check the cable connectors3 Make sure the module is

firmly seated in the chassis4 If the indicator remains off

replace the module

Module Status Display

Module Status IndicatorChannel Status Indicators

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA ltFEFF004f007000740069006f006e00730020007000650072006d0065007400740061006e007400200064006500200063007200e900650072002000640065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000700072006f00660065007300730069006f006e006e0065006c007300200066006900610062006c0065007300200070006f007500720020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c00690073006100740069006f006e0020006500740020006c00270069006d007000720065007300730069006f006e002e00200049006c002000650073007400200070006f0073007300690062006c0065002000640027006f00750076007200690072002000630065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000640061006e00730020004100630072006f0062006100740020006500740020005200650061006400650072002c002000760065007200730069006f006e002000200035002e00300020006f007500200075006c007400e9007200690065007500720065002egt PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP ltFEFF0055007300650020006500730074006100730020006f007000630069006f006e006500730020007000610072006100200063007200650061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200071007500650020007000650072006d006900740061006e002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100720020006500200069006d007000720069006d0069007200200063006f007200720065006300740061006d0065006e0074006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200065006d00700072006500730061007200690061006c00650073002e0020004c006f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f00730020005000440046002000730065002000700075006500640065006e00200061006200720069007200200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200079002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200079002000760065007200730069006f006e0065007300200070006f00730074006500720069006f007200650073002egt SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 18: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

18 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Apply Power and Check StatusIf not yet applied apply power to the chassis power supply Use this flowchart as a reference to determine module status after power is applied

Turn the chassis power supply on

Module status indicator red

See Status Indicators on page 23

Module performs a self-test initialization

No

Yes

TEST

No

Yes

Module status indicator red

Self-test has failed and the module displays an error message See page 23

Replace the module

Self-test is complete The status indicator flashes green

Channel A and B status indicators alternately flash

Channel A and B status indicators display the network condition as listed on page 29

Module status displays OK

No See the troubleshooting table on page 23

Yes

Module is functional and operating

OK Axx

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 19

Remove the ModuleTo remove the module perform this procedure

1 Push on the upper and lower tabs to disengage them

2 Slide the module out of the chassis

IMPORTANT If you are removing and replacing an existing module with an identical one and you want to resume identical system operation you must install the new module with the same ControlNet address in the same slot

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

20 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Install the EDS FileThe EDS file can be uploaded directly from the module This feature lets you register the EDS file for your module from within RSLinx software by following the steps listed below

1 Open RSLinx software version 255 or later and browse for the module

2 Right-click the module and select Upload EDS file from device

The Upload EDS wizard opens

3 Complete the EDS wizard to register the EDS file

The EDS file can also be downloaded from wwwabcomnetworksedshtml and installed with the RSLinx EDS Hardware Installation Tool

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 21

Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB PortThe ControlNet interface module has a USB device port that uses a Type B receptacle The port is USB 11-compatible and runs at 12 Mbps To use the USB port of the 1756-CN2RXT you must have RSLinx software version 255 or later installed on your workstation Use a USB cable to connect your workstation to the USB port With this connection you can download programs to controllers and configure other devices which are accessible by the module directly from your workstation

WARNING The USB port is intended for temporary local programming purposes only and not intended for permanent connection If you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

A Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to maintain hazardous location certifications

WARNING The 1756-CN2RXT modules series B have an industrial Type B USB port The port has the same electrical characteristics as other Type B ports but a higher cable pull-out rating

For typical applications in nonhazardous environments you may use any high-quality USB cable If used in a hazardous location a Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to meet the 15-Newton pull test for hazardous environments

ATTENTION The USB cable is not to exceed 30 m (984 ft) and must not contain hubs

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

22 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Set Up the USB DriverTo configure RSLinx software to use a USB port first set up a USB driver by performing this procedure

1 Connect your 1756-CN2RXT module to your workstation by installing a USB cable in your modulersquos USB port

The workstation monitor displays the Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box

2 Click Install the software automatically (Recommended) and click Next

The software is installed

3 Click Finish to set up your USB driver

4 To view your 1756-CN2RXT module in RSLinx software click the RSWho button

The RSLinx Workstation organizer appears

Your 1756-CN2RXT module appears under two different drivers a virtual chassis and the USB port You can use either driver to browse through to your ControlNet module

Virtual Chassis Driver

USB Port Driver

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 23

Status IndicatorsThe ControlLogix-XT ControlNet module has these status indicators

Module Status Indicator and Display

The Module Status indicator and Module Status display provide diagnostic information Use this table to interpret the Module Status Indicator and Display

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Off None The module is not communicating due to a power supply fault or internal fault

1 Check the power supply2 Check the cable connectors3 Make sure the module is

firmly seated in the chassis4 If the indicator remains off

replace the module

Module Status Display

Module Status IndicatorChannel Status Indicators

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 19: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 19

Remove the ModuleTo remove the module perform this procedure

1 Push on the upper and lower tabs to disengage them

2 Slide the module out of the chassis

IMPORTANT If you are removing and replacing an existing module with an identical one and you want to resume identical system operation you must install the new module with the same ControlNet address in the same slot

XTX

T

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

20 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Install the EDS FileThe EDS file can be uploaded directly from the module This feature lets you register the EDS file for your module from within RSLinx software by following the steps listed below

1 Open RSLinx software version 255 or later and browse for the module

2 Right-click the module and select Upload EDS file from device

The Upload EDS wizard opens

3 Complete the EDS wizard to register the EDS file

The EDS file can also be downloaded from wwwabcomnetworksedshtml and installed with the RSLinx EDS Hardware Installation Tool

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 21

Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB PortThe ControlNet interface module has a USB device port that uses a Type B receptacle The port is USB 11-compatible and runs at 12 Mbps To use the USB port of the 1756-CN2RXT you must have RSLinx software version 255 or later installed on your workstation Use a USB cable to connect your workstation to the USB port With this connection you can download programs to controllers and configure other devices which are accessible by the module directly from your workstation

WARNING The USB port is intended for temporary local programming purposes only and not intended for permanent connection If you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

A Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to maintain hazardous location certifications

WARNING The 1756-CN2RXT modules series B have an industrial Type B USB port The port has the same electrical characteristics as other Type B ports but a higher cable pull-out rating

For typical applications in nonhazardous environments you may use any high-quality USB cable If used in a hazardous location a Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to meet the 15-Newton pull test for hazardous environments

ATTENTION The USB cable is not to exceed 30 m (984 ft) and must not contain hubs

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

22 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Set Up the USB DriverTo configure RSLinx software to use a USB port first set up a USB driver by performing this procedure

1 Connect your 1756-CN2RXT module to your workstation by installing a USB cable in your modulersquos USB port

The workstation monitor displays the Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box

2 Click Install the software automatically (Recommended) and click Next

The software is installed

3 Click Finish to set up your USB driver

4 To view your 1756-CN2RXT module in RSLinx software click the RSWho button

The RSLinx Workstation organizer appears

Your 1756-CN2RXT module appears under two different drivers a virtual chassis and the USB port You can use either driver to browse through to your ControlNet module

Virtual Chassis Driver

USB Port Driver

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 23

Status IndicatorsThe ControlLogix-XT ControlNet module has these status indicators

Module Status Indicator and Display

The Module Status indicator and Module Status display provide diagnostic information Use this table to interpret the Module Status Indicator and Display

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Off None The module is not communicating due to a power supply fault or internal fault

1 Check the power supply2 Check the cable connectors3 Make sure the module is

firmly seated in the chassis4 If the indicator remains off

replace the module

Module Status Display

Module Status IndicatorChannel Status Indicators

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA ltFEFF004f007000740069006f006e00730020007000650072006d0065007400740061006e007400200064006500200063007200e900650072002000640065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000700072006f00660065007300730069006f006e006e0065006c007300200066006900610062006c0065007300200070006f007500720020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c00690073006100740069006f006e0020006500740020006c00270069006d007000720065007300730069006f006e002e00200049006c002000650073007400200070006f0073007300690062006c0065002000640027006f00750076007200690072002000630065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000640061006e00730020004100630072006f0062006100740020006500740020005200650061006400650072002c002000760065007200730069006f006e002000200035002e00300020006f007500200075006c007400e9007200690065007500720065002egt PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA ltFEFF00550073006100720065002000710075006500730074006500200069006d0070006f007300740061007a0069006f006e00690020007000650072002000630072006500610072006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400690020005000440046002000610064006100740074006900200070006500720020006c00610020007300740061006d00700061002000650020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a007a0061007a0069006f006e006500200064006900200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006900200061007a00690065006e00640061006c0069002e0020004900200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740069002000500044004600200070006f00730073006f006e006f0020006500730073006500720065002000610070006500720074006900200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065002000760065007200730069006f006e006900200073007500630063006500730073006900760065002egt NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 20: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

20 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Install the EDS FileThe EDS file can be uploaded directly from the module This feature lets you register the EDS file for your module from within RSLinx software by following the steps listed below

1 Open RSLinx software version 255 or later and browse for the module

2 Right-click the module and select Upload EDS file from device

The Upload EDS wizard opens

3 Complete the EDS wizard to register the EDS file

The EDS file can also be downloaded from wwwabcomnetworksedshtml and installed with the RSLinx EDS Hardware Installation Tool

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 21

Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB PortThe ControlNet interface module has a USB device port that uses a Type B receptacle The port is USB 11-compatible and runs at 12 Mbps To use the USB port of the 1756-CN2RXT you must have RSLinx software version 255 or later installed on your workstation Use a USB cable to connect your workstation to the USB port With this connection you can download programs to controllers and configure other devices which are accessible by the module directly from your workstation

WARNING The USB port is intended for temporary local programming purposes only and not intended for permanent connection If you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

A Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to maintain hazardous location certifications

WARNING The 1756-CN2RXT modules series B have an industrial Type B USB port The port has the same electrical characteristics as other Type B ports but a higher cable pull-out rating

For typical applications in nonhazardous environments you may use any high-quality USB cable If used in a hazardous location a Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to meet the 15-Newton pull test for hazardous environments

ATTENTION The USB cable is not to exceed 30 m (984 ft) and must not contain hubs

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

22 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Set Up the USB DriverTo configure RSLinx software to use a USB port first set up a USB driver by performing this procedure

1 Connect your 1756-CN2RXT module to your workstation by installing a USB cable in your modulersquos USB port

The workstation monitor displays the Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box

2 Click Install the software automatically (Recommended) and click Next

The software is installed

3 Click Finish to set up your USB driver

4 To view your 1756-CN2RXT module in RSLinx software click the RSWho button

The RSLinx Workstation organizer appears

Your 1756-CN2RXT module appears under two different drivers a virtual chassis and the USB port You can use either driver to browse through to your ControlNet module

Virtual Chassis Driver

USB Port Driver

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 23

Status IndicatorsThe ControlLogix-XT ControlNet module has these status indicators

Module Status Indicator and Display

The Module Status indicator and Module Status display provide diagnostic information Use this table to interpret the Module Status Indicator and Display

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Off None The module is not communicating due to a power supply fault or internal fault

1 Check the power supply2 Check the cable connectors3 Make sure the module is

firmly seated in the chassis4 If the indicator remains off

replace the module

Module Status Display

Module Status IndicatorChannel Status Indicators

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU ltFEFF00560065007200770065006e00640065006e0020005300690065002000640069006500730065002000450069006e007300740065006c006c0075006e00670065006e0020007a0075006d002000450072007300740065006c006c0065006e00200076006f006e0020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e002c00200075006d002000650069006e00650020007a0075007600650072006c00e40073007300690067006500200041006e007a006500690067006500200075006e00640020004100750073006700610062006500200076006f006e00200047006500730063006800e40066007400730064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007a0075002000650072007a00690065006c0065006e002e00200044006900650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650020006b00f6006e006e0065006e0020006d006900740020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0064006500720020006d00690074002000640065006d002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200075006e00640020006800f600680065007200200067006500f600660066006e00650074002000770065007200640065006e002egt FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA ltFEFF00550073006100720065002000710075006500730074006500200069006d0070006f007300740061007a0069006f006e00690020007000650072002000630072006500610072006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400690020005000440046002000610064006100740074006900200070006500720020006c00610020007300740061006d00700061002000650020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a007a0061007a0069006f006e006500200064006900200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006900200061007a00690065006e00640061006c0069002e0020004900200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740069002000500044004600200070006f00730073006f006e006f0020006500730073006500720065002000610070006500720074006900200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065002000760065007200730069006f006e006900200073007500630063006500730073006900760065002egt NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 21: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 21

Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB PortThe ControlNet interface module has a USB device port that uses a Type B receptacle The port is USB 11-compatible and runs at 12 Mbps To use the USB port of the 1756-CN2RXT you must have RSLinx software version 255 or later installed on your workstation Use a USB cable to connect your workstation to the USB port With this connection you can download programs to controllers and configure other devices which are accessible by the module directly from your workstation

WARNING The USB port is intended for temporary local programming purposes only and not intended for permanent connection If you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations

Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

A Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to maintain hazardous location certifications

WARNING The 1756-CN2RXT modules series B have an industrial Type B USB port The port has the same electrical characteristics as other Type B ports but a higher cable pull-out rating

For typical applications in nonhazardous environments you may use any high-quality USB cable If used in a hazardous location a Samtec Inc RSP-119350 USB cable is required to meet the 15-Newton pull test for hazardous environments

ATTENTION The USB cable is not to exceed 30 m (984 ft) and must not contain hubs

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

22 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Set Up the USB DriverTo configure RSLinx software to use a USB port first set up a USB driver by performing this procedure

1 Connect your 1756-CN2RXT module to your workstation by installing a USB cable in your modulersquos USB port

The workstation monitor displays the Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box

2 Click Install the software automatically (Recommended) and click Next

The software is installed

3 Click Finish to set up your USB driver

4 To view your 1756-CN2RXT module in RSLinx software click the RSWho button

The RSLinx Workstation organizer appears

Your 1756-CN2RXT module appears under two different drivers a virtual chassis and the USB port You can use either driver to browse through to your ControlNet module

Virtual Chassis Driver

USB Port Driver

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 23

Status IndicatorsThe ControlLogix-XT ControlNet module has these status indicators

Module Status Indicator and Display

The Module Status indicator and Module Status display provide diagnostic information Use this table to interpret the Module Status Indicator and Display

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Off None The module is not communicating due to a power supply fault or internal fault

1 Check the power supply2 Check the cable connectors3 Make sure the module is

firmly seated in the chassis4 If the indicator remains off

replace the module

Module Status Display

Module Status IndicatorChannel Status Indicators

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 22: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

22 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Set Up the USB DriverTo configure RSLinx software to use a USB port first set up a USB driver by performing this procedure

1 Connect your 1756-CN2RXT module to your workstation by installing a USB cable in your modulersquos USB port

The workstation monitor displays the Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box

2 Click Install the software automatically (Recommended) and click Next

The software is installed

3 Click Finish to set up your USB driver

4 To view your 1756-CN2RXT module in RSLinx software click the RSWho button

The RSLinx Workstation organizer appears

Your 1756-CN2RXT module appears under two different drivers a virtual chassis and the USB port You can use either driver to browse through to your ControlNet module

Virtual Chassis Driver

USB Port Driver

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 23

Status IndicatorsThe ControlLogix-XT ControlNet module has these status indicators

Module Status Indicator and Display

The Module Status indicator and Module Status display provide diagnostic information Use this table to interpret the Module Status Indicator and Display

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Off None The module is not communicating due to a power supply fault or internal fault

1 Check the power supply2 Check the cable connectors3 Make sure the module is

firmly seated in the chassis4 If the indicator remains off

replace the module

Module Status Display

Module Status IndicatorChannel Status Indicators

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN ltFEFF004200720075006700200064006900730073006500200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072002000740069006c0020006100740020006f0070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002c0020006400650072002000650072002000650067006e006500640065002000740069006c0020007000e5006c006900640065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e006700200061006600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50062006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002egt NLD 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 ESP ltFEFF0055007300650020006500730074006100730020006f007000630069006f006e006500730020007000610072006100200063007200650061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200071007500650020007000650072006d006900740061006e002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100720020006500200069006d007000720069006d0069007200200063006f007200720065006300740061006d0065006e0074006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200065006d00700072006500730061007200690061006c00650073002e0020004c006f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f00730020005000440046002000730065002000700075006500640065006e00200061006200720069007200200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200079002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200079002000760065007200730069006f006e0065007300200070006f00730074006500720069006f007200650073002egt SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 23: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 23

Status IndicatorsThe ControlLogix-XT ControlNet module has these status indicators

Module Status Indicator and Display

The Module Status indicator and Module Status display provide diagnostic information Use this table to interpret the Module Status Indicator and Display

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Off None The module is not communicating due to a power supply fault or internal fault

1 Check the power supply2 Check the cable connectors3 Make sure the module is

firmly seated in the chassis4 If the indicator remains off

replace the module

Module Status Display

Module Status IndicatorChannel Status Indicators

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU ltFEFF00560065007200770065006e00640065006e0020005300690065002000640069006500730065002000450069006e007300740065006c006c0075006e00670065006e0020007a0075006d002000450072007300740065006c006c0065006e00200076006f006e0020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e002c00200075006d002000650069006e00650020007a0075007600650072006c00e40073007300690067006500200041006e007a006500690067006500200075006e00640020004100750073006700610062006500200076006f006e00200047006500730063006800e40066007400730064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007a0075002000650072007a00690065006c0065006e002e00200044006900650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650020006b00f6006e006e0065006e0020006d006900740020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0064006500720020006d00690074002000640065006d002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200075006e00640020006800f600680065007200200067006500f600660066006e00650074002000770065007200640065006e002egt FRA ltFEFF004f007000740069006f006e00730020007000650072006d0065007400740061006e007400200064006500200063007200e900650072002000640065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000700072006f00660065007300730069006f006e006e0065006c007300200066006900610062006c0065007300200070006f007500720020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c00690073006100740069006f006e0020006500740020006c00270069006d007000720065007300730069006f006e002e00200049006c002000650073007400200070006f0073007300690062006c0065002000640027006f00750076007200690072002000630065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000640061006e00730020004100630072006f0062006100740020006500740020005200650061006400650072002c002000760065007200730069006f006e002000200035002e00300020006f007500200075006c007400e9007200690065007500720065002egt PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 24: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

24 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Red Reset Complete- Change Switch Settings

Modulersquos network address is set to 00 an invalid ControlNet address

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFAIL This code is displayed when

the power-up test failsReplace the module

Backplane

Init(1)The module is waiting for the redundant module to complete power up

None required

Stop Service Received

A non-redundant module is placed into a redundant secondary chassis The module was commanded to stop functioning by the redundancy module (RMSRM)

1 Remove the non-redundant module from the redundant secondary chassis

2 Replace the non-redundant module with the redundant module

This could occur if a 1756-CN2RXT module running Boot code is inserted into a chassis along with a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

For redundant control the 1756-CN2RXT module is to be used with a 1756-RM module It should not be used with a 1756-SRM module

1 Insert the module into a chassis that does not contain a 1756-SRM or 1756-RM module

2 Update the modulersquos firmware using ControlFlash software

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB ltFEFF005500740069006c0069007a006500200065007300740061007300200063006f006e00660069006700750072006100e700f5006500730020007000610072006100200063007200690061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200063006f006d00200075006d0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100e700e3006f0020006500200069006d0070007200650073007300e3006f00200061006400650071007500610064006100730020007000610072006100200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200063006f006d0065007200630069006100690073002e0020004f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200070006f00640065006d0020007300650072002000610062006500720074006f007300200063006f006d0020006f0020004100630072006f006200610074002c002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006500200070006f00730074006500720069006f0072002egt DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR ltFEFF004200720075006b00200064006900730073006500200069006e006e007300740069006c006c0069006e00670065006e0065002000740069006c002000e50020006f00700070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065007200200073006f006d002000700061007300730065007200200066006f00720020007000e5006c006900740065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500740073006b007200690066007400200061007600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50070006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f0067002000730065006e006500720065002egt SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 25: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 25

Flashing red

Image update Needed

Boot image running Main firmware image needs to be updated

Update the modulersquos firmware by using the ControlFlash utility

DUPLICATE NODE DETECTED

The modulersquos network address is the same as another modulersquos on the link

1 Remove power from the chassis

2 Remove the module from the chassis

3 Set the switches to their final value See page 11

4 Replace the module in the chassis

5 Apply power to the chassisFlash in progress

Flash update is in progress No action is requiredIf communication to the module is lost during a Flash Update this message will continue to be displayed even though the module will not be able to finish the update

You must remove power from the module to recover and then flash again

TEST Module is executing a power-up test

No action is required

If the display persists for more than 45 seconds replace the module because it has failed

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 26: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

26 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Solid green

OK This is normal operation There is at least one connection to or through the module No action is required

INIT Module is initializing No action is requiredPASS This message is displayed

momentarily upon completion of a successful power-up test

No action is required

CMPT(1) The secondary module is compatible with its partner

No action is required

DSNP(1) The secondary module is disqualified with no partner

Check the corresponding slot of the primary chassis for the module type and revision

PwDS(1) The module is primary with a disqualified secondary partner

Check the type and revision of the 1756-CN2RXT module

PQgS(1) The module is primary with a qualifying secondary partner

Redundant system status No action is required

PwQS(1) The module is primary with a qualified secondary partner

PwNS(1) The module is primary with no secondary partner

Check corresponding slot of secondary chassis for correct module

QgS(1) The secondary module is qualifying

Redundant system status No action is required

QS(1) The secondary module is qualified

AXX This message is the node address where XX is an address from 0199

No action is required

MACID SWITCH ERROR

Node address switch changed after you cycled power

No action is required but we recommend that you either return switches to their original settings or replace the module since this could indicate a latent hardware anomaly

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD ltFEFF004700650062007200750069006b002000640065007a006500200069006e007300740065006c006c0069006e00670065006e0020006f006d0020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007400650020006d0061006b0065006e00200064006900650020006700650073006300680069006b00740020007a0069006a006e0020006f006d0020007a0061006b0065006c0069006a006b006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e00200062006500740072006f0075007700620061006100720020007700650065007200200074006500200067006500760065006e00200065006e0020006100660020007400650020006400720075006b006b0065006e002e0020004400650020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0075006e006e0065006e00200077006f007200640065006e002000670065006f00700065006e00640020006d006500740020004100630072006f00620061007400200065006e002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006e00200068006f006700650072002egt ESP 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 SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA 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 NOR ltFEFF004200720075006b00200064006900730073006500200069006e006e007300740069006c006c0069006e00670065006e0065002000740069006c002000e50020006f00700070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065007200200073006f006d002000700061007300730065007200200066006f00720020007000e5006c006900740065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500740073006b007200690066007400200061007600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50070006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f0067002000730065006e006500720065002egt SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 27: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 27

Solid or flashing green

CPU=XX This message is the CPU utilization rate where XX is the amount of CPU used ranging from 099 This message occurs only if the CPU utilization exceeds 80

No action is required

OK Module is operating normally No action is requiredFlashing green

OK This is normal operation No connections to or through the module exist No action is required

Invalid Network Configuration

ControlNet configuration error Recheck configuration Verify that the modulersquos network address is less than or equal to the maximum unscheduled network address (UMAX)

NET ERR

A network cabling error exists or there are no other active nodes on the network

Recheck your network cabling and make sure another node on the network is active (online)

Rev XXXX When you start the module its major and minor revisions are disclosed causing this message to briefly appear

The display shows these revisions where the major revision appears to the left of the decimal point and the minor revision to the right

No action is required

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 28: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

28 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Any Keeper Unconfigured

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object has been erased or corrupted

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (data format changed)

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object is in a format incompatible with the current revision of firmware

Perform any of these steps

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (slot changed)

After the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded the module was moved to a different spot in the chassis

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the module to the proper slot

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper Unconfigured (net address changed)

The network address switches on the module have been changed since the keeper objectrsquos network-configuration data was downloaded

Perform any of these steps

middot Return the network address switches to their original setting

middot Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

middot See Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD ltFEFF004700650062007200750069006b002000640065007a006500200069006e007300740065006c006c0069006e00670065006e0020006f006d0020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007400650020006d0061006b0065006e00200064006900650020006700650073006300680069006b00740020007a0069006a006e0020006f006d0020007a0061006b0065006c0069006a006b006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e00200062006500740072006f0075007700620061006100720020007700650065007200200074006500200067006500760065006e00200065006e0020006100660020007400650020006400720075006b006b0065006e002e0020004400650020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0075006e006e0065006e00200077006f007200640065006e002000670065006f00700065006e00640020006d006500740020004100630072006f00620061007400200065006e002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006e00200068006f006700650072002egt ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 29: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 29

Channel Status Indicators

The ControlNet channel status indicators appear in one of these states

bull Steady - status indicator is on continuously in the defined state

bull Alternating - while viewed together the two indicators simultaneously alternate between the two defined states The two indicators are always in opposite states out of phase

bull Flashing - when each status indicator is viewed apart from the other each status indicator alternates between the two defined states If both indicators are flashing they must flash together in phase

Any (cont)

Keeper Signature Mismatch

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration

There is a valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module or see Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings on page 12

Keeper None Valid on Network

The network configuration data maintained in flash memory by the keeper object does not match the current network configuration and there is no valid master keeper on the network

Use RSNetWorx software to download or update the keeper object in the module

Important The Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings procedure on page 12 will not work because there is no valid master keeper from which to crossload data

(1) Messages are for redundant control

OK Indicator

Display Cause Recommended Action

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU ltFEFF00560065007200770065006e00640065006e0020005300690065002000640069006500730065002000450069006e007300740065006c006c0075006e00670065006e0020007a0075006d002000450072007300740065006c006c0065006e00200076006f006e0020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e002c00200075006d002000650069006e00650020007a0075007600650072006c00e40073007300690067006500200041006e007a006500690067006500200075006e00640020004100750073006700610062006500200076006f006e00200047006500730063006800e40066007400730064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007a0075002000650072007a00690065006c0065006e002e00200044006900650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650020006b00f6006e006e0065006e0020006d006900740020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0064006500720020006d00690074002000640065006d002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200075006e00640020006800f600680065007200200067006500f600660066006e00650074002000770065007200640065006e002egt FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD ltFEFF004700650062007200750069006b002000640065007a006500200069006e007300740065006c006c0069006e00670065006e0020006f006d0020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007400650020006d0061006b0065006e00200064006900650020006700650073006300680069006b00740020007a0069006a006e0020006f006d0020007a0061006b0065006c0069006a006b006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e00200062006500740072006f0075007700620061006100720020007700650065007200200074006500200067006500760065006e00200065006e0020006100660020007400650020006400720075006b006b0065006e002e0020004400650020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0075006e006e0065006e00200077006f007200640065006e002000670065006f00700065006e00640020006d006500740020004100630072006f00620061007400200065006e002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006e00200068006f006700650072002egt ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE ltFEFF0041006e007600e4006e00640020006400650020006800e4007200200069006e0073007400e4006c006c006e0069006e006700610072006e00610020006e00e40072002000640075002000760069006c006c00200073006b0061007000610020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400200073006f006d00200070006100730073006100720020006600f600720020007000e5006c00690074006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f006300680020007500740073006b0072006900660074002000610076002000610066006600e4007200730064006f006b0075006d0065006e0074002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0061006e002000f600700070006e006100730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f00630068002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006c006c00650072002000730065006e006100720065002egt ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 30: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

30 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

ControlNet Indicator States (A AND B)

State Cause Action

Off There is no power No action is required or apply power

Steady red Unit has faulted Cycle power or reset unit If fault persists contact a Rockwell Automation representative or distributor

Alternating redgreen

A self-test is being conducted No action is required

Alternating redoff

Node has been configured incorrectly

Check network address and other ControlNet configuration parameters

ControlNet Channel Troubleshooting (A OR B)

State Cause Action

Off Channel has been disabled Program network for redundant media if required

Steady green This is normal operation No action is required

Flashing greenoff

Temporary errors exist None unit will self-correct

Node is not configured to go online

Make sure the configuration manager node (keeper) is present and working and the selected address is not greater than the maximum

unscheduled node address (UMAX)(1)

(1) The configuration manager node (keeper) is the node responsible for distributing ControlNet configuration data to all nodes on the network

Flashing redoff A media fault exists Check media for broken cables loose connectors or missing terminators

No other nodes are present on the network

Add other nodes to the network

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD ltFEFF004700650062007200750069006b002000640065007a006500200069006e007300740065006c006c0069006e00670065006e0020006f006d0020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007400650020006d0061006b0065006e00200064006900650020006700650073006300680069006b00740020007a0069006a006e0020006f006d0020007a0061006b0065006c0069006a006b006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e00200062006500740072006f0075007700620061006100720020007700650065007200200074006500200067006500760065006e00200065006e0020006100660020007400650020006400720075006b006b0065006e002e0020004400650020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0075006e006e0065006e00200077006f007200640065006e002000670065006f00700065006e00640020006d006500740020004100630072006f00620061007400200065006e002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006e00200068006f006700650072002egt ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA ltFEFF00550073006100720065002000710075006500730074006500200069006d0070006f007300740061007a0069006f006e00690020007000650072002000630072006500610072006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400690020005000440046002000610064006100740074006900200070006500720020006c00610020007300740061006d00700061002000650020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a007a0061007a0069006f006e006500200064006900200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006900200061007a00690065006e00640061006c0069002e0020004900200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740069002000500044004600200070006f00730073006f006e006f0020006500730073006500720065002000610070006500720074006900200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065002000760065007200730069006f006e006900200073007500630063006500730073006900760065002egt NOR ltFEFF004200720075006b00200064006900730073006500200069006e006e007300740069006c006c0069006e00670065006e0065002000740069006c002000e50020006f00700070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065007200200073006f006d002000700061007300730065007200200066006f00720020007000e5006c006900740065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500740073006b007200690066007400200061007600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50070006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f0067002000730065006e006500720065002egt SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 31: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 31

General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

ControlNet connectors 2 BNC connectors

Number of ControlNet nodes max 99

ControlNet communication rate 5 MB

USB port USB 11

USB Device USB series B receptacle

USB cable for USB port recommended Samtec cable PN RSP-199350

Connections supported max 131

Note that 3 of the 131 connections are always reserved for redundant control Therefore 128 connections are available for standard use

Weight approx 0293 kg (064 lb)

North American temperature code T4A

IEC temperature code T4

Slot width 1

Enclosure type rating None (open-style)

Power consumption max 66 W

Power dissipation max 225 BTUhr

Backplane current 51V DC 13 A 51V dc

Backplane current 24V DC 3 mA 24V dc

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation Type

Type tested at 853V AC for 60 s ControlNet to system and ControlNet port to ControlNet port

Wiring category(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

2 - on communication ports

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 32: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

32 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Attribute Value

Temperature Operating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

-25hellip70 degC (-13hellip158 degF)

Temperature Nonoperating

IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)

-40hellip85 degC (-40hellip185 degF)

Relative Humidity

IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

5hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

2 g 10hellip500 Hz

Operating Shock

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

30 g

Shock Non-operating

IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

50 g

Emissions

CISPR 11

Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity

IEC 61000-4-2

bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE ltFEFF0041006e007600e4006e00640020006400650020006800e4007200200069006e0073007400e4006c006c006e0069006e006700610072006e00610020006e00e40072002000640075002000760069006c006c00200073006b0061007000610020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400200073006f006d00200070006100730073006100720020006600f600720020007000e5006c00690074006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f006300680020007500740073006b0072006900660074002000610076002000610066006600e4007200730064006f006b0075006d0065006e0074002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0061006e002000f600700070006e006100730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f00630068002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006c006c00650072002000730065006e006100720065002egt ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 33: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 33

Radiated RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-3

bull10Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip2000 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1890 MHz

bull3Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

EFTB Immunity

IEC 61000-4-4

plusmn2 kV at 5 kHz on ControlNet ports

Surge Transient Immunity

IEC 61000-4-5

plusmn1 kV line-earth(CM) on communications ports

Conducted RF Immunity

IEC 61000-4-6

10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Attribute Value

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD ltFEFF004700650062007200750069006b002000640065007a006500200069006e007300740065006c006c0069006e00670065006e0020006f006d0020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007400650020006d0061006b0065006e00200064006900650020006700650073006300680069006b00740020007a0069006a006e0020006f006d0020007a0061006b0065006c0069006a006b006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e00200062006500740072006f0075007700620061006100720020007700650065007200200074006500200067006500760065006e00200065006e0020006100660020007400650020006400720075006b006b0065006e002e0020004400650020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0075006e006e0065006e00200077006f007200640065006e002000670065006f00700065006e00640020006d006500740020004100630072006f00620061007400200065006e002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006e00200068006f006700650072002egt ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 34: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

34 ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module

Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT

Certification(1) (2)

(1) When the product is marked

(2) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant with

bullEN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bullEN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bullEN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bullEN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant withASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

Ex European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with

bullEN 60079-15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n (II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X)

bullEN 60079-0 General Requirements (Zone 2)

CI ControlNet Intl conformance tested to ControlNet specifications

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD ltFEFF004700650062007200750069006b002000640065007a006500200069006e007300740065006c006c0069006e00670065006e0020006f006d0020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007400650020006d0061006b0065006e00200064006900650020006700650073006300680069006b00740020007a0069006a006e0020006f006d0020007a0061006b0065006c0069006a006b006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e00200062006500740072006f0075007700620061006100720020007700650065007200200074006500200067006500760065006e00200065006e0020006100660020007400650020006400720075006b006b0065006e002e0020004400650020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0075006e006e0065006e00200077006f007200640065006e002000670065006f00700065006e00640020006d006500740020004100630072006f00620061007400200065006e002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006e00200068006f006700650072002egt ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 35: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module 35

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local sales office or Rockwell Automation distributor

Resource Description

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Contains general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial automation system

ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication CNET-UM001

Contains information on how to use ControlNet modules with various Logix5000 controllers

ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN637

Contains information on how to install a ControlLogix-XT chassis

ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN639

Contains information on how to install the ControlLogix-XT power supply

ControlNet Coax Taps Installation Instructions publication 1786-IN007

Contains information on how to install ControlNet coaxial taps

ControlNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN001

Contains procedures and specifications for the installation of ControlNet fiber media components

ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET-IN002

Contains general guidelines for the installation of ControlNet coax media

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA ltFEFF00550073006100720065002000710075006500730074006500200069006d0070006f007300740061007a0069006f006e00690020007000650072002000630072006500610072006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400690020005000440046002000610064006100740074006900200070006500720020006c00610020007300740061006d00700061002000650020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a007a0061007a0069006f006e006500200064006900200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006900200061007a00690065006e00640061006c0069002e0020004900200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740069002000500044004600200070006f00730073006f006e006f0020006500730073006500720065002000610070006500720074006900200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065002000760065007200730069006f006e006900200073007500630063006500730073006900760065002egt NOR 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 SVE ltFEFF0041006e007600e4006e00640020006400650020006800e4007200200069006e0073007400e4006c006c006e0069006e006700610072006e00610020006e00e40072002000640075002000760069006c006c00200073006b0061007000610020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400200073006f006d00200070006100730073006100720020006600f600720020007000e5006c00690074006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f006300680020007500740073006b0072006900660074002000610076002000610066006600e4007200730064006f006b0075006d0065006e0074002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0061006e002000f600700070006e006100730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f00630068002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006c006c00650072002000730065006e006100720065002egt ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 36: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley ControlFlash ControlLogix ControlLogix-XT FlexIO-XT Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009 PN-36806 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • Important User Information
    • North American Hazardous Location Approval
    • European Hazardous Location Approval
    • Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
      • ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions 1756-IN634A-EN-P
      • Table of Contents
      • About the ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Module
      • About ControlLogix-XT Systems
      • Using the 1756-CN2RXT for Standalone or Redundant Control
      • Before You Begin
      • Parts
      • Set the Modulersquos Network Address
      • Reset the Module to the Original Factory Settings
      • Prepare the Chassis for Module Installation
      • Determine the Module Slot Location
      • Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)
      • Install the ControlNet Module
      • Connect the Module to the Network
      • Apply Power and Check Status
      • Remove the Module
      • Install the EDS File
      • Configure RSLinx Software to Use the USB Port
      • Set Up the USB Driver
      • Status Indicators
      • General Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Environmental Specifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Certifications - 1756-CN2RXT
      • Additional Resources
      • Back Cover
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT ArialMT Courier CourierNewPSMT Helvetica TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN ltFEFF004200720075006700200064006900730073006500200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072002000740069006c0020006100740020006f0070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002c0020006400650072002000650072002000650067006e006500640065002000740069006c0020007000e5006c006900640065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e006700200061006600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50062006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002egt NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
          Saddle-Stitch Items
          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
          Tape Bound Items
          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Perfect Bound Items
          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Double Wire Bound Items
          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Coil Bound Items
          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages 1
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 37: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

Intro

ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

Generic pub print specs

ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

IN RN pub type specs

UM RM PM pub type specs

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
Saddle-Stitch Items
20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
All page quantities must be divisible by 4
Tape Bound Items
125 sheets max on 20 no cover
120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Perfect Bound Items
475 sheets max on 20 no cover
470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Double Wire Bound Items
40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Coil Bound Items
290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages 1
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
Corp 17501
Bill To 69
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
Attach Print Specs to PDF
For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 38: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

Generic pub print specs

ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

IN RN pub type specs

UM RM PM pub type specs

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
Saddle-Stitch Items
20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
All page quantities must be divisible by 4
Tape Bound Items
125 sheets max on 20 no cover
120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Perfect Bound Items
475 sheets max on 20 no cover
470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Double Wire Bound Items
40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Coil Bound Items
290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages 1
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
Corp 17501
Bill To 69
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
Page 39: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

IN RN pub type specs

UM RM PM pub type specs

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
Saddle-Stitch Items
20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
All page quantities must be divisible by 4
Tape Bound Items
125 sheets max on 20 no cover
120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Perfect Bound Items
475 sheets max on 20 no cover
470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Double Wire Bound Items
40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Coil Bound Items
290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages 1
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
1756-IN634A-EN-P ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Installation Instructions EA 1 50 Marketing Commercial CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021 04062209 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 9 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA BLACK (preferred) 475 7 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-38606
Page 40: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

UM RM PM pub type specs

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
Saddle-Stitch Items
20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
All page quantities must be divisible by 4
Tape Bound Items
125 sheets max on 20 no cover
120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Perfect Bound Items
475 sheets max on 20 no cover
470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Double Wire Bound Items
40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Coil Bound Items
290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages 1
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
Page 41: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
Saddle-Stitch Items
20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
All page quantities must be divisible by 4
Tape Bound Items
125 sheets max on 20 no cover
120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Perfect Bound Items
475 sheets max on 20 no cover
470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Double Wire Bound Items
40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Coil Bound Items
290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages 1
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
Page 42: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
Saddle-Stitch Items
20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
All page quantities must be divisible by 4
Tape Bound Items
125 sheets max on 20 no cover
120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Perfect Bound Items
475 sheets max on 20 no cover
470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Double Wire Bound Items
40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Coil Bound Items
290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages 1
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
Page 43: ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module … · ControlLogix-XT ControlNet Interface Module Publication: 1756-IN634A-EN-P - April 2009: About ControlLogix-XT Systems: The ControlLogix-XT

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
Saddle-Stitch Items
20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
All page quantities must be divisible by 4
Tape Bound Items
125 sheets max on 20 no cover
120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Perfect Bound Items
475 sheets max on 20 no cover
470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Double Wire Bound Items
40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Coil Bound Items
290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages 1
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish